This file consists of an Introduction, a Glossary, and a section on each profile as listed below: ACCUNET United States ARPAC Argentina AUSTPAC Australia AUTONET United States BELLATLANTIC United States COMPUSERVE United States CONNNET United States DACOMNET South Korea DATANET Netherlands DATAPAC Canada DATAPAK Finland DATAPAK_DK Denmark DATAPAK_HK Hong Kong DATAPAK_II Sweden DATAPAK_N Norway DATEXP Germany DATEX-P_A Austria DCS Belgium DDX76 Japan DDX80 Japan DIGIPAC United States EIRPAC Eire FEDEXITC United States FIPS International GRAPHNET United States IBERPAC Spain IMPACS United States INFONET United States INFOSWITCH Canada INTELPAK Hong Kong ISO8208 International ISO8881 International ITAPAC Italy LUXPAC Luxembourg MARKNET United States MAYPAC Malaysia NET2 International PACNET Taiwan PACNET_NZ New Zealand PAKNET Pakistan PPSNET United States PSS Great Britain PULSELINK United States RENPAC Brazil SKDP Indonesia SNA_NPSI International TELENET United States TELEPAC Switzerland TELEPAC_MEX Mexico TELEPAC_P Portugal TELEPAC_SGP Singapore TRANSPAC France TYMNET United States TYMNET_J Japan VENUS-P Japan VTRNET Chile WORLDNET United States WUTCONET United States 1 Network Information - Introduction Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Chapter_1__Introduction_________________________________________ Packet Switching Data Networks...............................1-1 Connection Types.............................................1-3 Physical DTE - DCE Connections........................1-3 Circuit Details.......................................1-4 Specific Operation of the PSDN...............................1-5 DTE Addresses.........................................1-5 Channel Numbers.......................................1-6 Optional User Facilities Supported by PSDNs..................1-9 Optional User Facilities Related to Closed User Groups (CUGs)...............................................1-18 Optional Facilities Related to Bilateral Closed User Groups (BCUGs).......................................1-21 User Selectable PAD Parameters..............................1-22 PAD Parameter Profiles...............................1-28 DTE Network Management Parameters...........................1-29 Chapter_2__Glossary_____________________________________________ Figures_________________________________________________________ 1-1 Permitted LCN Ranges...........................1-7 iii Tables__________________________________________________________ 1-1 Optional User Facilities Supported by PSDNs...1-10 1-2 Optional Facilities Related to Closed User Groups (CUGs)........................................1-18 1-3 Optional Facilities Related to Bilateral Closed User Groups (BCUGs)...........................1-21 1-4 PAD Parameters................................1-23 1-5 Frame Control Parameters......................1-30 1-6 Packet Control Parameters.....................1-33 iv Chapter__1______________________________________________________ Introduction Packet Switching Data Networks Packet Switching Data Networks (PSDNs) are networks designed specifically to carry data over medium-to-large distances. To cross a PSDN, your data is broken down, prior to transmission, into smaller units called packets. The packets are independently routed to the destination you specify, and your data is reassembled when it reaches that destination. Your local node is the beginning or end of the data's journey, and therefore it is known as data terminal equipment (DTE). You may access a PSDN through two kinds of DTE: o Packet-mode DTE. A packet-mode DTE can handle data in packet form, that is assemble and disassemble the packets as required. o X.29 terminal or character-mode DTE. An X.29 terminal sends and receives data in characters, rather than packets, and requires an intermediary, known as a Packet Assembler/Disassembler (PAD), to access a PSDN. A PAD: - Assembles the terminal's outgoing data into packets, and disassembles incoming data packets into individual characters - Controls the transmission and reception of packets - Sets up virtual circuits Introduction 1-1 The point where your data enters or leaves a PSDN is known as Data Circuit-terminating Equipment (DCE). The DCE is usually part of the PSDN's packet switching exchange. If you are using an X.29 terminal, your terminal may connect to a PSDN in either of the following ways: o Through a PAD provided by the PSDN, and located within the DCE o Through a user-owned PAD, known as a host-based PAD 1-2 Introduction Connection Types Physical DTE - DCE Connections The physical connection between a DTE and a DCE is called a line. There are two kinds of line: Leased line This is also known as a dedicated line or a private line. A leased line is for the exclusive use of one DTE. It is always available for communication between the DTE and DCE. Dial-up line This is also known as a switched line or a telephone line. A dial-up line is available to more than one DTE. To open a dial-up line, you request a physical connection between your DTE and the DTE you are calling. Once the called DTE has accepted the call, the line is exclusive to the two DTEs until you break the connection. Packet-mode DTEs are most often connected to the PSDN by a leased line. Data transmission is always synchronous, and usually full-duplex. Typical speeds of data transmission are 2.4K, 4.8K, 9.6K, 19.2K, 56K bits/s Character-mode DTEs are nearly always connected to the PSDN by a dial-up line. Data transmission is usually asynchronous and half-duplex. Typical speeds of data transmission are 110, 300, 1.2K, 2.4K bits/s. Introduction 1-3 Circuit Details Messages between DTEs travel across a PSDN by means of a logical connection, known as a virtual circuit. A virtual circuit between two DTEs gives the impression that there is a specific physical circuit dedicated to them. But in reality the packets making up a single message may travel by many different routes to reach the same destination. There are two kinds of virtual circuit: Switched Virtual which are established temporarily Circuits (SVCs) for the duration of each call. An SVC is set up only when there is data to transmit and is cleared when the data transfer is complete. Permanent Virtual which are permanently available Circuits (PVCs) for communication between two DTEs. Transmission of packets on a PVC needs no call set up or call clearing by the DTE. Each DTE connected to a PSDN can run several simultaneous virtual circuits over the same physical connection to the PSDN. 1-4 Introduction Specific Operation of the PSDN DTE Addresses Each DTE using a PSDN has a unique DTE address, which the PSDN uses to route calls. This address consists of: o A Data Network Identification Code (DNIC), which identifies the country, and distinguishes the PSDN from other networks within the same country. Each public network has a unique DNIC. o A National Number which identifies your DTE within the PSDN. o An optional subaddress, which extends the DTE address with an extra identification between the caller and the receiver. Subaddresses usually comprise two digits, and are added to the end of the national number. Most PSDNs do not process subaddresses, although some PSDNs (for example the Transpac Public Data Network) check that subaddresses are within a particular range. Some PSDNs do not support subaddressing. For example, addresses for DTEs using the Transpac Public Data Network have the following form: DNIC Subaddress .______________. .______. | | | | 3 1 1 0 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 |______________________________| National number Introduction 1-5 Channel Numbers The logical link between a DTE and its DCE is known as a logical channel. Each logical channel is identified by a unique reference number, called a channel number. A channel number contains two items of information about the logical channel: o Identification of the logical channel to enable simultane- ous data transmission o Information about the use to which the logical channel is assigned Channel numbers consist of 12 bits. The first bits (usually the first four) of a channel number indicate channel use. The remaining bits are the logical channel number, which identifies the channel itself. A PSDN may identify a channel by: o Using the first four bits as a logical channel group number (LCGN), which identifies the use of the channel, and using the remaining bits as the logical channel number, which identifies the channel itself. o Using the full 12 bits as the logical channel number (LCN). In this case, the use of the channel is identified from the range in which the channel number falls (which is itself determined by the first four bits). Figure 1-1 shows the number ranges for a 12 bit channel number. 1-6 Introduction Figure 1-1: Permitted LCN Ranges LCN ___________ 1 | Permanent virtual | circuits _____| __ LIC | | | One-way | | incoming | HIC | | _____| | LTC | | | Two-way | | \ Virtual HTC | / calls _____| | LOC | | | One-way | | outgoing | HOC | | _____| | | Unassigned | 4095 | ___| _____|_____ Introduction 1-7 LIC = lowest incoming channel number HIC = highest incoming channel number LTC = lowest two-way channel number HTC = highest two-way channel number LOC = lowest outgoing channel number HOC = highest outgoing channel number Logical channels numbered 1 to n (where n is usually LIC-1) may be assigned to permanent virtual circuits. Logical channels numbered LIC to HIC are assigned to incoming calls from the DCE. Logical channels numbered LTC (usually = HIC+1) to HTC are assigned to two-way logical channels. Logical channels numbered LOC (usually = HTC+1) to HOC are assigned to outgoing calls from the DTE. Logical channels numbered HOC+1 to 4095 are unassigned. 1-8 Introduction Optional User Facilities Supported by PSDNs Some facilities supported by PSDNs are optional. For details of these, refer to the PSDN authority for the PSDN you wish to use. The optional facilities according to the CCITT Red Book, 1984 fall into three basic categories: o General optional user facilities supported by PSDNs o Optional user facilities related to closed user groups o Optional user facilities related to bilateral closed user groups For more detailed descriptions of the facilities, refer to Recommendation X.25 in CCITT Volume VIII.3. In addition to these facilities, a few PSDNs support extra facilities which are not defined by the CCITT. These facilities are specific to the PSDNs concerned. For details of these facilities refer to the relevant PSDN authority. General optional user facilities supported by PSDNs are described in Table 1-1. Facilities related to closed user groups and bilateral closed user groups are in Tables 1-2 and 1-3. Introduction 1-9 Table_1-1:__Optional_User_Facilities_Supported_by_PSDNs______ Call redi- This facility is avail- Yes rection able on a subscription basis, and allows the PSDN to redirect calls to an alternative DTE when the called DTE is out of order or busy. Call redi- This facility is used Yes rection by the DCE to indicate notification the reason for call redirection in an incoming call packet for a redirected call. Called This facility is for Yes line ad- use by the DCE when the dress address in the "call modified connected" or "clear notification indication" packet is different from that specified by the DTE. It allows the DCE to tell the DTE why the addresses are different. Charging This facility is Yes information available on subscription or on a per call basis, and allows the DTE to request information regarding charges to the DTE. 1-10 Introduction Table 1-1 (Cont.): Optional User Facilities Supported by ____________________PSDNs____________________________________ D bit mod- This facility is avail- No ification able on a subscription basis. D bit modifi- cation is intended for DTEs implemented prior to the introduction of the "D bit procedure", which were designed for operation on public data networks that support end-to-end P(R) signif- icance. This facility allows such DTEs to con- tinue to operate with end-to-end P(R) signifi- cance within a national PSDN. Default This facility is avail- Yes throughput able on a subscription class basis, and allows you to assignment select default throughput classes. Each through- put class guarantees a minimum rate of data transmission across a PSDN. For details of throughput classes sup- ported by a particular PSDN, consult the PSDN Authority. Introduction 1-11 Table 1-1 (Cont.): Optional User Facilities Supported by PSDNs Extended This facility is avail- Yes frame able on a subscription sequence basis, and allows the DTE numbering to increase the number of frames it sends to the DCE before receiving an acknowledgment. Extended This facility is avail- Yes packet able on a subscription sequence basis, and allows the DTE numbering to increase the number of packets it sends to the DCE before receiving an acknowledgment. Fast This facility is Yes select available on a per call basis, and allows the DTE to make a special call with up to 128 bytes of user data. Fast This facility is avail- Yes select able on a subscription acceptance basis, and requests that the PSDN transmits fast select calls to the DTE. 1-12 Introduction Table 1-1 (Cont.): Optional User Facilities Supported by PSDNs Flow con- This facility is Yes trol pa- available on a per rameter call basis, and negotia- permits negotiation tion of packetsizes and windowsizes at the DTE/DCE interface. Hunt group This facility is avail- Yes able on a subscription basis, and allows the PSDN to distribute in- coming calls which have an associated hunt group address across a desig- nated group of DTE/DCE interfaces. Incoming This facility is avail- Yes calls able on a subscription barred basis, and allows the user to prevent incoming virtual calls from being presented to the DTE, while the DTE may still originate outgoing calls. Local This facility is avail- Yes charge able on a subscription prevention basis, and prevents the setting up of calls charged to the DTE. Introduction 1-13 Table 1-1 (Cont.): Optional User Facilities Supported by PSDNs Network This facility is Yes user iden- available on a per tification call basis, and enables the DTE to provide information to the PSDN for accounting, security or network management. Non- This facility is avail- Yes standard able on a subscription default basis, and allows selec- packetsizes tion of default packet- sizes from the list of packetsizes supported by the PSDN. The standard default packetsize is 128 bytes. Non- This facility is avail- Yes standard able on a subscription default basis, and allows selec- windowsizes tion of default window- sizes from the list of windowsizes supported by the PSDN. The standard default windowsize is 2. 1-14 Introduction Table 1-1 (Cont.): Optional User Facilities Supported by PSDNs One-way This facility is avail- Yes logical able on a subscription channel basis, and allows the incoming user to restrict the use of a group of LCNs to incoming calls. One-way This facility is avail- Yes logical able on a subscription channel basis, and allows the outgoing user to restrict the use of a group of LCNs to outgoing calls. On-line This facility is avail- No facility able on a subscription registration basis, and permits the DTE at any time to re- quest registration of facilities, or obtain current values of facili- ties. Outgoing This facility is avail- Yes calls able on a subscription barred basis, and requests that the PSDN does not deliver outgoing calls from the DTE. The DTE may receive incoming virtual calls. Introduction 1-15 Table 1-1 (Cont.): Optional User Facilities Supported by PSDNs Packet This facility is avail- No retransmission able on a subscription basis, and allows the DTE to request retransmission of one or more consecu- tive data packets by the PSDN. Reverse This facility is Yes charging available on a per call basis, and allows the calling DTE to request that the called DTE accept the charge for a call. Reverse This facility is avail- Yes charging able on a subscription acceptance basis, and requests that the PSDN transmits incom- ing calls that request reverse charging. RPOA This facility is Yes selection available on a per call basis, and allows the DTE to route calls through one or more RPOA (Recognized Private Operating Agency) networks to the final destination. 1-16 Introduction Table 1-1 (Cont.): Optional User Facilities Supported by PSDNs Throughput This facility is avail- Yes class ne- able on a subscription gotiation basis, and allows you to select the through- put class on a per call basis. Each through- put class guarantees a minimum rate of data transmission across a PSDN. Transmit This facility is Yes delay available on a per call selection basis, and allows you to and select the transit delay indication for a virtual call, and indicate the value of the transit delay to both the calling DTE and the called DTE. _____________________________________________________________ Introduction 1-17 Optional User Facilities Related to Closed User Groups (CUGs) A Closed User Group (CUG) is a group of DTEs which are restricted to communicating with each other. If you subscribe to the appropriate facilities, a DTE which is a member of a CUG can receive calls from or send calls to DTEs outside the CUG. Table 1-2 describes the facilities related to Closed User Groups. Table 1-2: Optional Facilities Related to Closed User Groups ____________(CUGs)___________________________________________ Closed This facility is avail- Yes User Group able on a subscription basis, and allows the DTE to belong to one or more CUGs. CUG with This option is available Yes incoming on a subscription basis, access and allows the DTE to belong to one or more CUGs, but also receive incoming calls from DTEs in the open part of the network and from DTEs belonging to CUGs with outgoing access (see next item also). 1-18 Introduction Table 1-2 (Cont.): Optional Facilities Related to Closed User Groups (CUGs) CUG with This option is available Yes outgoing on a subscription basis, access and allows the DTE to belong to one or more CUGs, while still being able to make virtual calls to DTEs in the open part of the network, and to DTEs belonging to other CUGs with incoming access capability (see previous item also). Incoming This facility is avail- Yes calls able on a subscription barred basis, and allows the within a user to prevent the DTE CUG from receiving incoming calls from other DTEs within the CUG, while letting the DTE make vir- tual calls to DTEs within the CUG. Outgoing This facility is avail- Yes calls able on a subscription barred basis, and allows the within a user to prevent the DTE CUG from making virtual calls to other DTEs within the CUG, while letting the DTE receive virtual calls from DTEs within the CUG. Introduction 1-19 Table 1-2 (Cont.): Optional Facilities Related to Closed User Groups (CUGs) Closed This option is available Yes User Group on a per call basis, selection and allows the calling DTE to specify a CUG for a virtual call, and to indicate the CUG selected to the called DTE. CUG with This option is available Yes outgoing on a per call basis, access and may be used by the selection calling DTE to specify the CUG selected for a virtual call, and indicate that outgoing PSI access is also desired, and to indicate to the called DTE the CUG selected for a virtual call, and that outgoing access applied at the calling DTE. _____________________________________________________________ 1-20 Introduction Optional Facilities Related to Bilateral Closed User Groups (BCUGs) A Bilateral Closed User Group is a CUG consisting of two DTEs. Table 1-3 describes the facilities related to Bilateral Closed User Groups. Table 1-3: Optional Facilities Related to Bilateral Closed ____________User_Groups_(BCUGs)______________________________ Bilateral This facility is avail- Yes Closed able on a subscription User Group basis, and enables the DTE to belong to one or more BCUGs. BCUG with This facility is avail- Yes outgoing able on a subscription access basis, and enables the DTE to belong to one or more BCUGs, and to orig- inate virtual calls to DTEs in the open part of the network. BCUG This option is available Yes selection on a per call basis, and allows the calling DTE to specify the BCUG selected for a virtual call, and to indicate to the called DTE the BCUG selected for a virtual call. _____________________________________________________________ Introduction 1-21 User Selectable PAD Parameters In addition to the basic functions of a PAD, there are a number of optional facilities which a PAD may provide. These facilities are specified by variables known as parameters. The value you give to a PAD parameter depends on whether the PSDN supports the facility, and to what extent the facility is supported. PAD Parameter settings are described in the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 and Managing P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manuals. You can change all the described parameters, except number 11, when connected to the VAX P.S.I. host-based PAD. Table 1-4 contains the PAD parameters defined by the CCITT. 1-22 Introduction Table_1-4:__PAD_Parameters___________________________________ 1 Escape Allows the X.29 terminal to initiate escape of the PAD from the data transfer state. 2 Echo Allows characters received from the X.29 terminal to be echoed to the X.29 terminal. 3 Data Selects characters which tell the forwarding PAD to transmit a single packet. character 4 Idle timer Sets the maximum time the PAD waits between characters coming from the X.29 terminal. After this time the PAD completes and transmits a packet. 5 Ancillary Specifies whether the PAD can device control output from the terminal control using X-ON and X-OFF characters. Introduction 1-23 Table 1-4 (Cont.): PAD Parameters 6 Control Controls whether, and in what of PAD format, PAD messages (service service signals) are sent to the X.29 signals terminal. 7 Procedure Selects the response of the PAD on break to a BREAK signal from the X.29 terminal. 8 Discard Tells the PAD to discard output output from the remote DTE. to X.29 terminal 9 Carriage Tells the PAD to insert padding return characters after a carriage padding return character in the character stream transmitted to the X.29 terminal. 10 Line Tells the PAD where to make line folding breaks in the character stream. 11 X.29 The speed at which the terminal terminal transmits and receives data. This speed parameter cannot be set. 1-24 Introduction Table 1-4 (Cont.): PAD Parameters 12 Flow Specifies whether the X.29 control of terminal can control output from the PAD by the PAD to the terminal, using the X.29 X-ON , X-OFF. terminal 13 Tells the PAD to insert a insertion linefeed after a carriage return after character in the character stream transmitted to the X.29 terminal. 14 Padding Tells the PAD to insert padding inserted characters after a linefeed in after the character stream transmitted to the X.29 terminal. 15 Editing Allows the X.29 terminal to perform editing functions, while in the data transfer state, on data not yet forwarded by the PAD. 16 Character Defines a key on the keyboard as delete a "character delete key". character 17 Buffer Defines a key on the keyboard delete as a "buffer delete key". The character function of this key is to delete data entered on the X.29 terminal, but not yet forwarded by the PAD. Introduction 1-25 Table 1-4 (Cont.): PAD Parameters 18 Buffer Defines a key on the keyboard display as the "buffer display key". character The function of this key is to display data entered on the X.29 terminal, but not yet forwarded by the PAD. 19 Display Controls how the effect of line type editing is displayed, for example for PAD as hardcopy, or on screen. editing 20 Character Prevents selected sets of echo mask characters being echoed back to the X.29 terminal. 21 Parity Checks parity in the data stream treatment coming from the X.29 terminal, and generates parity in the data stream to the X.29 terminal. 22 Page wait Tells the PAD to suspend transmission of new characters to the X.29 terminal after a specified number of linefeed characters have been transmitted by the PAD. _____________________________________________________________ To change a PAD parameter, refer to the parameter by number. 1-26 Introduction Some PSDNs support PAD parameters which are not defined by the CCITT. In some cases, for example TELEPAC in Portugal, these additional parameter numbers replicate features normally available with the standard PAD parameters. See the relevant network chapters for details of these parameters. Introduction 1-27 PAD Parameter Profiles A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD parameter profile. When you make a call from an X.29 terminal, you need to set the values of the PAD parameters. Most PSDNs define several different PAD parameter profiles to suit the type of X.29 terminal you use. When you make a call, you select the profile you want as part of the initialization process. During the call you can read and reset any of the PAD parameters, except parameter number 11. For details of reading and setting PAD parameters, refer to Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 and Managing P.S.I. MAIL and X.29. 1-28 Introduction DTE Network Management Parameters Network management parameters govern frame level and packet level operation for your DTE when you are using a PSDN. Each PSDN has a profile of network management parameters which your X.25 product automatically sets when you specify that a DTE is to be used on that PSDN. For some parameters you can choose to set an alternative value, which must be in the range allowed by the PSDN. Details of parameter profile values and ranges allowed for each PSDN are given in the PSDN chapters. To set an alternative value, refer to the Management Guide for the X.25 product you are using. The full range of frame control parameters that may be supported by a PSDN is shown in Table 1-5. The packet control parameters are given in Table 1-6. Introduction 1-29 Table_1-5:__Frame_Control_Parameters_________________________ Timer Acknowledge When your DTE transmits a T1 timer frame to the DCE, it waits for an acknowledgment. In the absence of an acknowledgment, it will retransmit the frame. The acknowledge timer governs how long your DTE waits before retransmitting the frame. The acknowledge timer, T1, is related to the holdback timer, T2, such that T1 is always greater than or equal to twice T2. 1-30 Introduction Table 1-5 (Cont.): Frame Control Parameters Parameter Holdback When a DTE acknowledges T2 timer receipt of a frame from a DCE, it can send the acknowledgment in a data frame, or in an explicit acknowledgment frame. The holdback timer governs how long the DTE will wait to send the acknowledgment in a data frame, before it sends an acknowledgment frame. The holdback timer, T2, is related to the acknowledge timer, T1, such that T2 is always less than or equal to half of T1. It is normally adequate for T2 to be a third of T1. Maximum Maximum The maximum data size is the number data maximum number of bytes that of bits size your DTE will accept from the in a (bytes) DCE in a frame. frame (N1) Introduction 1-31 Table 1-5 (Cont.): Frame Control Parameters Maximum Retry The maximum number of number maximum attempts your DTE will make of to complete the transmission trans- of a frame. mis- sions (N2) Maximum Window The maximum number of number size sequentially numbered of out- frames your DTE may have stand- unacknowledged at any one ing time. frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 1-32 Introduction Table_1-6:__Packet_Control_Parameters________________________ DTE Restart When your DTE sends a restart Restart timer request to the DCE, it waits request for a restart confirmation, timer(T20) or restart indication, from the DCE. The restart timer controls how long your DTE will wait before retransmitting the restart packet. DTE Call When your DTE makes a Call timer call, it waits to receive request a call connected or clear timer indication, or an incoming (T21) call message. The call timer controls how long your DTE will wait before transmitting a clear request. Introduction 1-33 Table 1-6 (Cont.): Packet Control Parameters DTE Reset When your DTE sends a reset Reset timer request to the DCE, it waits request for a reset confirmation or timer reset indication from the (T22) DCE. The reset timer controls how long your DTE will wait before retransmitting the reset packet. DTE Clear When your DTE sends a clear Clear timer request to the DCE, it waits request for a clear confirmation or timer clear indication from the (T23) DCE. The clear timer controls how long your DTE will wait before retransmitting the clear packet. Restart Maximum Maximum restart attempts request restart controls how many times your retransmission attempts DTE will transmit a restart count request before abandoning the (R20) request. 1-34 Introduction Table 1-6 (Cont.): Packet Control Parameters Reset Maximum Maximum reset attempts request reset controls how many times your retransmission attempts DTE will transmit a reset count request before abandoning the (R22) request. Clear Maximum Maximum clear attempts request clear controls how many times your retransmission attempts DTE will transmit a clear count request before abandoning the (R23) clear request. Packetsize Default These parameters control the packetsize, size of packets (in bytes) transmitted between the DTE Maximum and DCE. packetsize Introduction 1-35 Table 1-6 (Cont.): Packet Control Parameters Windowsize Default These parameters control windowsize, the number of packets which can be transmitted between Maximum the DTE and DCE before an windowsize acknowledgment is required. _____________________________________________________________ 1-36 Introduction Chapter__2______________________________________________________ Glossary Asynchronous Transmission Transmission in which the time intervals between transmitted characters may be of unequal length. Transmission is controlled by start and stop elements at the beginning and end of each character. Also called Start-Stop Transmission. Bilateral Closed User Group (BCUG) Closed User Group consisting of two DTEs. Call To establish (or attempt to establish) a switched virtual circuit with a remote DTE by sending call request packets. Call Request Packet sent by a DTE to initiate the setting up of a switched virtual circuit with another DTE. It results in the remote DCE sending the remote DTE an Incoming Call packet. CCITT Comite Consultatif International Telegraphique et Tele- phonique. An international consultative committee that makes recommendations for international communications. CFE See Configuration File Editor. Channel A logical path between a DTE and a DCE over which data is transmitted. Each logical channel is identified by a unique reference number called a channel number. Glossary 2-1 Character-Mode DTE A DTE that is unable to handle data in packet form. This kind of DTE must interface through a Packet Assembler/Disassembler (PAD) to connect to a PSDN. The same as an X.29 terminal. Clear To terminate a switched virtual circuit to a remote DTE by sending Clear Request packets. Clear Confirmation A packet sent by the DCE or DTE to indicate that a clearing operation can be considered completed. Clear Indication Packet sent by a DCE to a DTE to indicate that a clear has been initiated, or a call has been rejected. Clear Request Packet sent by a DTE to initiate the clearing of a switched virtual circuit, or to reject an incoming call. Closed User Group (CUG) Optional PSDN facility that restricts two or more DTEs to communicating with each other. Configuration File Editor (CFE) RSX Decnet program that provides the commands for configuring the RSX PSI product. Data Circuit-terminating Equipment (DCE) The network equipment that establishes, maintains and terminates a connection and handles the signal conversion and coding between the data terminal equipment (DTE) and the network. (In non-X.25 usage, the term is synonymous with 'modem'.) Data Network Identification Code (DNIC) 2-2 Glossary Unique code which identifies the country of a network, and distinguishes the network from other networks within the same country. Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) The user's equipment (computer or terminal) connected to a DCE on a PSDN for the purpose of sending and/or receiving data. Dedicated Line A line for the exclusive use of a leasing customer without interchange switching arrangements. Same as leased line or private line. Dial-up Line Telephone communications circuit set up by dialing. DTE Address An address which is unique to the DTE, and which the network uses to route calls. A DTE address comprises the DNIC for the network, and a National Number which identifies the DTE within the PSDN. Duplex See Full-Duplex. Frame A unit of data delimited by flags and that includes a header. It is used to exchange packets and control-error information between the DTE and the DCE at the frame level (level 2) of X.25. Full-Duplex Simultaneous two-way independent transmission in both directions. Also referred to as duplex. Half-Duplex Glossary 2-3 A circuit designed for transmission in either direction but not both directions simultaneously. Host-Based PAD A PAD situated at the host node and not within the PSDN. Incoming Call A packet sent to a DTE by its DCE when a Call Request packet has been received through the network from another DTE. Leased Line Same as dedicated line or private line. Line A physical data path. Logical Channel Logical link between a DTE and its DCE. The physical communications line between a DTE and DCE is divided into a set of logical channels. Logical Channel Number (LCN) Unique reference number that identifies a logical channel. A DTE recognizes a virtual circuit by its associated LCN. Logical Channel Group Number (LCGN) The first few bits (usually four) of a logical channel number, which identify the use of the channel. National Number Number which identifies a DTE within a PSDN. Packet The unit of data switched through a PSDN. This normally comprises a user data field accompanied by a header carrying destination and other information. Packets are exchanged between the DTE and DCE at the packet level of X.25. 2-4 Glossary Packet Assembler/Disassembler (PAD) A device that allows an X.29 terminal to access a PSDN. The terminal connects to the PAD and the PAD puts the terminal's input data into packets (assembles) and takes the terminal's output data out of packets (disassembles). Packet-Mode DTE A DTE that can handle data in packet form. Packetnet System Interface (PSI) The software products that allow various DIGITAL operating systems to participate in a packet switching environment. Packet Switching Data Network (PSDN) A generic term used in the PSI documentation set to refer to both public and private networks. For public networks, it also means the set of equipment and interconnecting links that provide a public packet switching service to subscribers within a particular country. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) A permanent logical connection between two DTEs. Transmission of packets on a PVC needs no call set up or call clearing by the DTE. Packets are routed directly by the network from one DTE to the other. Private Line Same as dedicated line or leased line. Reset To reinitialize a virtual circuit by resetting the lower window edge and P(R) and P(S) numbers to zero. Reset Confirmation A packet sent to indicate completion of a reset operation. Reset Indication Glossary 2-5 Packet sent by a local DCE to a DTE when it has received a Reset Request packet through the network from the remote DCE or DTE. Reset Request Packet sent by a DTE or DCE to reset the packet sequencing numbers P(R) and P(S) to zero and to discard all packets in transit. Restart Confirmation A packet sent to indicate that a restart has been completed. Restart Indication Packet sent to a DTE by the local DCE when it has received a Restart Request packet through the network. Restart Request Packet with which a DTE or DCE can initiate the clearing of all virtual circuits. RPOA Recognized Private Operating Agency. Switched Line Communications link for which the physical path may vary with each use. The dial-up telephone network is an example of a switched line. Switched Virtual Circuit (SVC) Temporary logical connection between two DTEs connected to a PSDN and analogous to a dial-up line. An SVC is set up only when there is data to transmit and is cleared when the data transfer is complete. Synchronous Transmission 2-6 Glossary Transmission in which the data characters and bits are transmitted at a fixed rate with the transmitter and receiver synchronized. This eliminates the need for start-stop elements, thus providing greater efficiency. Throughput Class Optional class of data transmission, which guarantees a minimum rate of data transmission across a network. For details of throughput classes supported by a particular PSDN, consult the PSDN Authority. Virtual Circuit A logical connection between two DTEs connected to a PSDN which makes it seem as if a specific circuit were dedicated to them throughout the transmission. In reality, only a logical connection is established: actual, physical circuits are allocated according to criteria such as route availability and network traffic conditions. Window The ordered set of consecutive data packets authorized to cross the DTE/DCE interface of a virtual circuit, and for a particular direction of transmission. X.25 CCITT recommendation that specifies the interface between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Circuit-terminating Equipment for equipment operating in packet mode on public data networks. X.29 CCITT recommendation that specifies procedures for the exchange of control information and user data between a packet-mode DTE and a Packet Assembly/Disassembly (PAD) facility. X.29 Terminal This is the same as a Character Mode DTE. Glossary 2-7 Network Information-Accunet§ Revision/Update Information: This is a new document § Accunet is a trademark or service mark of AT&T Communica- tions. Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Accunet Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Accunet-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................3 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Accunet.....3 Frame Control Parameters................................4 Packet Control Parameters...............................5 iii United States Profile: Accunet Introduction to the Accunet Network This chapter introduces the features of the Accunet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: X.25 Interface Specifications and Packet Switching Capabili- ties (January 1984), Technical Publication 54010 X.25 Interface Specifications and Packet Transport Capabili- ties (May 1986), Technical Publication 54012 Terminology Accunet Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology DTE or network interface Packet-mode DTE DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Accunet-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 0-4 DNIC DNIC for Accunet is 03134. 5-14 Network Digits 5-10 denote the machine and terminal geographic area. Digits 11-14 denote number the circuit to the machine. _____________________________________________________________ 2 Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Accunet depends on the line speed as follows: _____________________________________________________________ Line Speed (Kbits/sec) Maximum Channel Number _____________________________________________________________ 2.4 255 4.8 255 9.6 511 56 (PVCs) 1023 56 (SVCs) 2047 _____________________________________________________________ DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Accunet If you specify Accunet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Accunet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 3 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2100 2000 to 20,000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 10,000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 281 133 to 326 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 15 2 to 15 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 2 to 7 of outstanding (count) 10 to 70 (see frames Note 1) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting; for satellite access only. 4 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 5 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clear 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 2 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 3 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Network Information-Arpac Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Arpac Network..............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Arpac-Specific Operation.......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Arpac..............................2 Arpac PAD Parameter Profiles............................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Arpac.......5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii Argentina Profile: Arpac Introduction to the Arpac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Arpac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Especificaciones Funcionales de la RETD Recomendacion X.25 del CCITT Nivel 1 - Nivel Fisico, Nivel 2 - Procedimiento de Control del Enlace RETD - 110.1/800131 La Red Arpac Caracteristicas Y Aplicaciones La Red Arpac Acceso Telefonico Descripcion del Servicio Y Manual de Operacion Terminology Arpac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Arpac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Arpac is 7222. 4-13 National Identifies the DTE within the network. number 14-15 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Arpac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Arpac is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Arpac Arpac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Arpac Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,126 4 0,20,255 5 0,1 6 0,1 7 0,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 0 to 6, 8 to 10 12 0,1 13 0 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0 to 2, 8,32 to 126 20 0 to 2, 4,8,16,32,64,128 21 0,3 22 Not supported _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Arpac offers 3 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. 3 Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). Arpac PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _________________________ Param. 90 91 92 Number _________________________ 1 1 0 1 2 1 0 1 3 126 0 126 4 0 20 0 5 1 0 1 6 1 0 1 7 2 2 2 8 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 11 See note 12 1 0 1 13 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 16 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 19 1 1 1 20 0 0 0 21 0 0 3 22 Not supported _________________________ Note: 4 Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Arpac If you specify Arpac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Arpac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 216 133 to 261 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 15 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 2 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 5 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 200 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 5 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 5 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 2 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Austpac Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Austpac Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Austpac-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Austpac............................2 Austpac PAD Parameter Profiles..........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Austpac.....5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii Australia Profile: Austpac Introduction to the Austpac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Austpac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Austpac Interface Specifications Terminology Austpac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology P-DTE Packet-mode DTE C-DTE Character-mode DTE Packet Switching Exchange DCE PAD PAD 1 Austpac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Austpac is 5052. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Chatswood, NSW is 241. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Austpac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Austpac is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Austpac Austpac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Austpac Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,5 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 0,2,3,6,8 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0 to 7 20 0 to 255 21 0,2,3,6,8 22 0,1 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Austpac offers 13 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Austpac PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 126 0 0 2 2 126 126 2 2 4 0 20 10 80 40 200 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 6 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 2 2 21 21 21 21 21 8 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 4 7 0 4 7 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 11 See note 12 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile: ____________________________ Param. 9 10 11 12 Number ____________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 3 2 2 0 126 4 0 40 3 0 5 0 0 0 1 6 1 1 0 1 7 0 21 21 2 8 0 0 0 0 9 0 4 0 0 10 69 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 0 0 1 13 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 ____________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Austpac If you specify Austpac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Austpac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 1600 100 to 3200 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 261 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 2 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 4 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Autonet§ Revision/Update Information: This is a new document § Autonet is a trademark or service mark of ADP Network Services. digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Autonet Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Autonet-Specific Operation.....................................2 Circuit Details.........................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Autonet............................3 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Autonet.....5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii United States Profile: Autonet Introduction to the Autonet Network This chapter introduces the features of the Autonet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Autonotes Leaflet Terminology Autonet Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE X25 Host Interface DCE Processor (XHIP) or Asynchronous Host Interface Processor (AHIP) Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler Autonet defines DTEs as one of: o Address of host connections to Autonet o Network Access Point o Terminals/devices accessing the PAD 1 Autonet-Specific Operation Circuit Details Only switched virtual circuits (SVCs) are supported. Packet-mode DTEs connect with SVCs and communicate with packet-mode or character-mode DTEs. Character-mode DTEs connect with SVCs and only communicate with packet-mode DTEs. DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Autonet is 3126. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Michigan is 313. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Autonet does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Autonet is 128. 2 PAD Parameters Supported By Autonet Autonet supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Autonet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Autonet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 Not supported 2 0,1 3 Even values from 0 to 126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 Not supported 7 0,2,21 8 Not supported 9 0 to 7 10 1 to 254 11 0 to 14 12 0,1 13 0 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 1 to 127 17 1 to 127 18 1 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Autonet does not offer a standard set of PAD parameters. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Autonet If you specify Autonet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Autonet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 3000 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 136 136 only of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 20 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 60 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 180 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 60 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 60 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 2 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Bellatlantic Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Bellatlantic Network.......................1 Terminology.............................................1 Bellatlantic-Specific Operation................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Bellatlantic.......................3 Bellatlantic PAD Parameter Profiles.....................5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Bellatlantic...................................................6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii United States Profile: Bellatlantic or Bellatlantic_E for extended sequence numbering Introduction to the Bellatlantic Network This chapter introduces the features of the Bellatlantic network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: TR 72211 Interface Specification for the Bellatlantic PDN Terminology Bellatlantic Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Bellatlantic-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Bellatlantic is 3141. 5-14 Network The NTN maps closely on to the existing terminal voice network numbering plan. An NTN number takes the form: NXX +NXX +XXXX (N=2...9; X=0...9) Digits 5 -7 of the NTN are the numbering plan area (DNPA) code, which is the same as the voice number plan area (NPA) code. Digits 8-10 are the data central office (DCO) code. The DNPA and DCO codes uniquely identify a particular wire center served by the PDN. Digits 11-14 are the end- point number (EPN). The EPN uniquely identifies a particular interface or hunt group within a wire center. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Bellatlantic is 4095. 2 PAD Parameters Supported By Bellatlantic Bellatlantic supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Bellatlantic Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,1,2,6,18,126 4 0 to 255 5 0 to 2 6 0,1,5,9, 12,13 7 0,1,2,5, 8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 255 10 Not supported 11 0,2,3,5,8,10,12 to 15, 254,255 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 255 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0,1,2,8,32 to 126 20 0,1,2,4,8,16, 32,64,128 21 0 to 3 22 0 to 255 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Bellatlantic offers 9 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. 4 Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). Bellatlantic PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 3 0 126 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 4 0 0 100 0 20 0 0 0 5 5 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 6 0 1 13 13 13 13 13 1 5 7 2 2 8 21 21 21 21 2 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 68 0 0 0 0 72 0 11 See note 12 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 13 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 8 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 0 18 18 18 7 7 7 7 7 7 0 19 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _____________________________________________________ Note: 5 Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Bellatlantic If you specify Bellatlantic as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Bellatlantic default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 35000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 281 134 to 281 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 1 to 20 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) 1 to 127 (see frames (K) Note 1) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 30 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size (see Default window 2 1 to 7 Note 1) size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) Window Size (see Default window 2 1 to 127 Note 2) size (count) Window size 127 (count) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: Using the Bellatlantic. Note 2: Using the Bellatlantic_E profile for extended packet sequence numbering. 9 Network Information-Compuserve Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Compuserve Network.........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Compuserve-Specific Operation..................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Compuserve.........................3 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Compuserve.....................................................6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii United States Profile: Compuserve Introduction to the Compuserve Network This chapter introduces the features of the Compuserve network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Compuserve X.25 Reference Guide Terminology Compuserve Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Compuserve-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Compuserve is 3132. 4-12 National number 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Compuserve does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Compuserve is 255. Note that: o If Compuserve is configured as the logical DCE, in- coming calls are placed on the lowest LCN and in- crement in ascending order. Outgoing calls start on the highest LCN and decrement in descending order. Two-way calls are configured for the middle chan- nels. If Compuserve is the logical DTE, the place- ment of outgoing and incoming calls is reversed. 2 o Compuserve can configure the X.25 interface to sup- port whatever the connecting application needs to see. Any channel can be configured for incoming, out- going or two-way calls. PAD Parameters Supported By Compuserve Compuserve supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Compuserve Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0,1,2,4,8,16, 32,64 4 0 to 255 5 Not supported 6 Not supported See Note 1 7 0,1,2,8,21 See Note 2 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 Cannot be set by user 12 0,1 13 0,1,2,4 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 See Note 3 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0,1,2 See Note 4 20 0,1,2,4,8, See Note 5 16,32,64,128 21 0,2 See Note 6 22 0,23 See Note 7 _____________________________________________________________ Notes: 1. Parameter 6 is always set to 1 by Compuserve so that PAD service signals are always transmitted and can- not be turned off. However, users are allowed to set 4 this parameter to 0 or 1: if this parameter is set to 0, parameter 19 will not be operational. 2. Values 4 and 16 are not supported individually, but they can be used as 21 (1+4+16) If parameter 7 = 21, parameter 6 is set to 1 when a break is received from the terminal. 3. If parameter 15 is set to 1, the idle timer (set by parameter 4) will be disabled. If this parameter is set to 0, parameters 16, 17, 18 and 19 will not be operational. 4. To edit PAD service signals for printing terminals, set this parameter to 1. The editing PAD service sig- nal is a backslash (\). To edit PAD service signals for video display ter- minals, set this parameter to 2. When a character is edited from a video display terminal, the PAD will echo a BS-SP-BS. 5. Parameter 20 only applies if parameter 2 is set to 1 (echo enabled). Values for this parameter may be formed by a combination of basic values. 6. When parameter 21 is set to 0, a user's terminal must send data set to 8 bit, no parity. If the 8th bit is set, the editing, data forwarding and flow func- tions will be disabled. 7. Parameter 22 is disabled if parameter 12 is set to 0. A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Compuserve does not offer a standard set of PAD parameters. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Compuserve If you specify Compuserve as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Compuserve default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 165 37 to 165 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 1 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 1 to 180 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 60 1 to 200 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 1 to 180 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 1 to 180 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 250 1 to 250 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 250 1 to 250 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 250 1 to 250 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-ConnNet§ Revision/Update Information: This is a new document § is a trademark or service mark of Southern New England Telephone. digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the ConnNet Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 ConnNet-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 Circuit Details.........................................3 PAD Parameters Supported By ConnNet............................3 ConnNet PAD Parameter Profiles..........................5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on ConnNet.....6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii United States Profile: ConnNet Introduction to the ConnNet Network This chapter introduces the features of the ConnNet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: CCITT 1984 Recommendations Terminology ConnNet Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 ConnNet-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for ConnNet is 3140. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Stanford is 539. See Note. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. ConnNet does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Note: The ConnNet network is not an inter-LAT network: it covers only the State of Connecticut and does not conform to the North American Telephone Numbering Plan. These area numbers were decided upon by Southern New England Telephones to conform to the CCITT X.121 Recommendations. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for ConnNet is 4095. 2 Circuit Details ConnNet supports only switched virtual circuits (SVCs). PAD Parameters Supported By ConnNet ConnNet supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter ConnNet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0 to 127 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,2,5, 8,13 7 0,1,2,8,13 8 0,1 9 0 to 255 10 0 to 255 11 0 to 18 12 0,1 13 0 to 7 14 0 to 255 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0,1,2,8,32 to 126 20 0 to 255 21 0 to 3 22 0 to 255 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. ConnNet offers 5 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command 4 on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). ConnNet PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _________________________________ Param. 1 2 3 4 5 Number _________________________________ 1 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0 1 3 0 126 2 0 2 4 20 0 0 3 0 5 0 1 1 0 1 6 0 1 13 0 13 7 2 2 21 2 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 1 1 0 1 13 0 0 4 0 4 14 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 1 0 1 16 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 0 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 21 0 0 0 0 3 22 0 0 0 0 0 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on ConnNet If you specify ConnNet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the ConnNet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3200 3200 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 261 38 to 276 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 20 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 60 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 180 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 60 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 60 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 128 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-Dacomnet Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Dacomnet Network...........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Dacomnet-Specific Operation....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Dacomnet...........................2 Dacomnet PAD Parameter Profiles.........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Dacomnet....5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii South Korea Profile: Dacomnet Introduction to the Dacomnet Network This chapter introduces the features of the Dacomnet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Dacomnet Subscriber Services and Protocols Terminology Dacomnet Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE Switching Centre DCE Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler 1 Dacomnet-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Dacomnet is 4501. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Seoul is 226. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Dacomnet does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Dacomnet is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Dacomnet Dacomnet supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Dacomnet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 (32 to 126) 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,5 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0,1 to 255 11 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,9 to 14 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Dacomnet offers 13 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Dacomnet PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 126 0 0 2 2 126 126 2 2 4 0 20 10 80 40 200 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 6 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 2 2 21 21 21 21 21 8 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 4 7 0 4 7 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 11 See note 12 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile: ____________________________ Param. 9 10 11 12 Number ____________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 3 2 2 0 126 4 0 40 3 0 5 0 0 0 1 6 1 1 0 1 7 0 21 21 2 8 0 0 0 0 9 0 4 0 0 10 69 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 0 0 1 13 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 ____________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Dacomnet If you specify Dacomnet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Dacomnet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 3200 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 1600 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 37 to 261 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 4 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 32 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 4 size (count) Maximum window 4 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Datanet 1 Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Datanet 1 Network..........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Datanet 1-Specific Operation...................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datanet 1..............................................................3 Frame Control Parameters................................4 Packet Control Parameters...............................5 iii Netherlands-Datanet 1 Profile: Datanet Introduction to the Datanet 1 Network This chapter introduces the features of the Datanet 1 network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Network Authority documentation Terminology Datanet 1 Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE Switching Centre or Packet DCE Data Satellite Host-based Packet PAD Assembler/Disassembler 1 Datanet 1-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Datanet 1 is 2041 if you are connected by a leased line using X.25 interface protocol. 4-10 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within number the PSDN. For example, 340 is Utrecht. The rest of the national number is a sequence number. 11-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Datanet 1 does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ For national calls, only 7 digits are required plus the subaddress, if used. For international calls from Datanet 1, DTE addresses must start with a zero, and be followed by the full international address. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Datanet 1 is 4095. 2 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datanet 1 If you specify Datanet 1 as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Datanet 1 default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 3 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2125 100 to 10,000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 4 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 5 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 2 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Network Information-Datapac§ Revision/Update Information: This is a new document § Datapac is a trademark or service mark of Bell Enterprises Canada. Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Datapac Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Datapac-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Datapac............................2 Datapac PAD Parameter Profiles..........................6 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapac.....7 Frame Control Parameters................................8 Packet Control Parameters...............................9 iii Canada Profile: Datapac Introduction to the Datapac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Datapac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Datapac 3000 Specification, Datapac ITI Specification, Datapac 3101 User Manual Terminology Datapac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Switching Node DCE Interactive Terminal PAD Interface within Switching Node Logical Channel Identifier Logical Channel Number (LCN) (LCI) 1 Datapac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Datapac is 3020. 5-12 National Digits 5-6 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Ottawa is 20. _____________________________________________________________ Note that the DNIC is omitted from the DTE address when making calls within Datapac. When making international calls from Datapac, the DTE address must be specified in full, and prefixed with a 1. Datapac does not support a subaddress. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Datapac is 255. PAD Parameters Supported By Datapac Datapac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation as well as Datapac-specific parameters, as shown in the following table. Note, however, that not all of the parameters are supported and that Datapac offers some facilities of its own. 2 The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Number Datapac CCITT Datapac Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Number Datapac CCITT Datapac Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 1 0,1 2 2 0,1 3 3 0,2,126 4 4 0,1 to 255 5 5 0 to 2 6 6 0,1,5 7 7 0,1,2,4,8,16,21 8 8 0,1 9 9 0 to 255 10 10 0 to 255 11 11 1,2 to 4 12 12 0,1 13 126 0,1,4 to 7,16,17,20 to 23 14 14 0 to 255 15 15 0,1 16 118 0 to 127 17 119 0 to 127 18 120 0 to 127 19 19 0,1,2,4,8,32 to 126 20 20 0,1,2,4,8,16, 21 21 32,64,128 22 22 0,3 0,1 to 255 4 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Number Datapac CCITT Datapac Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ - 121/122 0 to 127 Data forwarding character(s) additional to those specified in parameters 3 and 4. - 123 0,1 Parity verifica- tion. - 125 0 to 155 Output pending timer. - 126 0,1,4 to Linefeed insertion. 7,16,17,20 to 23 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Datapac offers 9 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 5 Datapac PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: ___________________________________________________________ Param. Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 90 91 CCITT Datapac ___________________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 3 3 126 2 0 2 2 0 2 126 0 4 4 0 0 20 0 0 4 0 0 20 5 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 6 6 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 7 7 2 21 2 21 2 0 21 2 2 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 0 0 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 11 See note 12 12 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 13 126 16 4 0 16 5 0 4 16 0 14 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 15 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 16 118 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 119 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 120 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 19 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 20 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 123 0 3 0 0 3 3 3 0 0 22 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -- 121/122 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -- 123 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 -- 125 0 0 0 0 60 0 0 0 0 -- 126 16 4 0 16 5 0 4 16 0 ___________________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 6 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapac If you specify Datapac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Datapac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 7 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 1000 to 15,000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 264 133 to 264 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 1 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 9 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 256 128 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 10 Network Information-Datapak Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Datapak Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Datapak-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Datapak............................2 Datapak PAD Parameter Profiles..........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapak.....5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii Finland Profile: Datapak Introduction to the Datapak Network This chapter introduces the features of the Datapak network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Specification of Subscriber Services and Protocols Terminology Datapak Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology DTE-P Packet-mode DTE DTE-C Character-mode DTE Switching Centre DCE Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler 1 Datapak-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Datapak is 2442. 4-9 National Digits 5-6 identify the area within the number PSDN. 10-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Datapak does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ When making an international connection from Datapak, the DTE address must be prefixed with a zero. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Datapak is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Datapak Datapak supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Datapak Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,5 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 0,2,3,4,5,6,8 to 14 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 20 21 22 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Datapak offers 13 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command 3 on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). Datapak PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 126 0 0 2 2 126 126 2 2 4 0 20 10 80 40 200 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 2 2 21 21 21 21 21 8 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 4 7 0 4 7 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 11 See note 12 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile: ____________________________ Param. 9 10 11 12 Number ____________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 3 2 2 0 126 4 0 4 3 0 5 0 0 0 1 6 1 1 0 1 7 0 21 21 2 8 0 0 0 0 9 0 4 0 0 10 69 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 0 0 1 13 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 ____________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapak If you specify Datapak as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Datapak default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3200 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 32 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 4 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Datapak_DK Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Datapak_DK Network.........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Datapak_DK-Specific Operation..................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Datapak_DK.........................2 Datapak_DK PAD Parameter Profiles.......................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapak_DK.....................................................6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii Denmark Profile: Datapak_DK Introduction to the Datapak_DK Network This chapter introduces the features of the Datapak_DK network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: * Terminology Datapak_DK Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler 1 Datapak_DK-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Datapak is 2382. 4-12 National Identifies the DTE within the network. number 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Datapak does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Datapak_DK is 2047. PAD Parameters Supported By Datapak_DK Datapak_DK supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Datapak_DK Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0 to 128 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1 7 0,1,2,4,8,16 8 0,1 9 0 to 31 10 0 to 255 11 0 to 10 12 0,1 13 0 to 4 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Datapak_DK offers 20 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Datapak_DK PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 4 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 6 0 0 8 1 0 1 1 10 72 80 120 120 120 80 80 132 132 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 1 2 0 6 0 0 4 0 8 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 126 126 126 126 48 48 48 48 48 4 160 160 160 160 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 21 21 21 21 5 5 5 5 5 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 2 6 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 10 132 132 80 72 72 120 80 132 80 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 1 1 1 1 6 6 6 6 6 14 2 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 Profile: ____________________ Param. 18 19 Number ____________________ 1 1 0 2 1 0 3 126 0 4 0 20 5 1 0 6 1 0 7 2 2 8 0 0 9 0 0 10 0 0 11 See note 12 1 0 13 0 0 14 0 0 15 0 0 16 127 127 17 24 24 18 18 18 ____________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapak_DK If you specify Datapak_DK as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Datapak_ DK default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 33 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-Datapak_HK Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Datapak_HK Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Datapak_HK-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Datapak_HK............................2 Datapak_HK PAD Parameter Profiles..........................5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapak_HK.....6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii Hong Kong Profile: Datapak_HK Introduction to the Datapak_HK Network This chapter introduces the features of the Datapak_HK network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Datapak_HK ITI Technical User Guide, Datapak_HK ITI Simplified User Guide Terminology Datapak_HK Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Datapak_HK-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Datapak_HK is 4545. 4-10 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, LKT is 50. 11-12 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Datapak_HK does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Datapak_HK is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Datapak_HK Datapak_HK supports PAD parameters as shown in the following table. The CCITT PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Number Datapak_HK CCITT Datapak_HK Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 1 0,1 2 2 0,1 3 3 0,2,126 4 4 0 to 255 All values within the given range can be summed. 5 5 0,2 6 6 0,1 7 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 8 0,1 9 9 0 to 255 10 10 0 to 255 11 11 2,3,5 12 126 0,1 13 13 0,1,4,5 14 - Not supported 15 - Not supported 16 118 1 to 127 17 119 1 to 127 18 120 1 to 127 - 121/122 0 to 127 Data forwarding character(s) additional to those specified in parameters 3 and 4. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Number Datapak_HK CCITT Datapak_HK Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ - 123 0,1 Parity verifica- tion. - 125 0 to 255 Output pending timer. _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Datapak_HK offers 6 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 4 Datapak_HK PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _______________________________________________ Param. Number CCITT Datapak_HK 1 2 3 4 5 6 _______________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 126 2 0 2 2 0 4 4 0 0 20 0 0 4 5 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 6 1 1 0 1 1 0 7 7 2 21 2 21 2 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 0 2 0 2 2 0 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 11 See note 12 12 1 0 0 0 1 0 13 126 0 4 0 0 5 0 14 Not supported 15 Not supported 16 118 0 0 0 0 127 127 17 119 0 0 0 0 24 0 18 120 0 0 0 0 18 0 -- 121/122 0 0 0 0 0 0 -- 123 0 1 0 0 1 1 -- 125 0 0 0 0 60 0 _______________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapak_HK If you specify Datapak_HK as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Datapak_HK default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 10,000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-Datapak_II Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Datapak_II Network.........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Datapak_II-Specific Operation..................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Datapak_II.........................3 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapak_II.....................................................5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii Sweden Profile: Datapak_II Introduction to the Datapak_II Network This chapter introduces the features of the Datapak_II network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, contact Televerket. Terminology Datapak_II Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE Node DCE Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler 1 Datapak_II-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Datapak is 2405. 5-10 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. 11-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Datapak does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ When making calls within the Datapak network, you need only specify the national number, although you can supply the full DTE address if you wish. On incoming calls, the full DTE address is always supplied as the called address in the call request packet. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Datapak_II is 64. 2 PAD Parameters Supported By Datapak_II Datapak_II supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Datapak_II Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 Not supported 2 0,1 3 0 to 127 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 Not supported 7 0,1,2,4,5, 16,20,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 Not supported 11 0 to 18 12 0,1 13 4 14 0 to 7 15 Not supported 16 Not supported 17 Not supported 18 Not supported _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Datapak_II does not offer a standard set of PAD parameters. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapak_II If you specify Datapak_II as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Datapak_ II default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 3000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 1500 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 10 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 512 size (bytes) Maximum packet 512 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Datapak_N Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Datapak_N Network..........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Datapak_N-Specific Operation...................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Datapak_N..........................2 Datapak_N PAD Parameter Profiles........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapak_N......................................................6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii Norway Profile: Datapak_N Introduction to the Datapak_N Network This chapter introduces the features of the Datapak_N network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Datapak User Guides Terminology Datapak_N Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE Switching Centre DCE Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler 1 Datapak_N-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Norway is 2422. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Oslo is 110. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Datapak checks that the subaddress is in the range 0 to 99. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Datapak_N is 2047. PAD Parameters Supported By Datapak_N Datapak_N supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Datapak_N Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0,1,2,4,8,16, < line>4 32,64,128 5 0 to 255 6 0,1 7 0,1 8 0,1,2,4,8,16 9 0,1 10 0 to 7 11 0 to 255 12 0 to 6 13 0,1 14 0,1,2,4 15 0 to 7 16 0,1 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 0 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Datapak_N offers 19 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Datapak_N PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 4 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 6 0 0 8 1 0 1 16 10 72 80 120 120 120 80 80 132 132 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 1 2 0 6 0 0 4 0 8 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. B1 B2 D1 D2 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 126 126 126 126 48 48 48 48 48 4 160 160 160 160 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 21 21 21 21 5 5 5 5 5 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 2 6 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 10 132 132 80 72 72 120 80 132 80 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 1 1 1 1 6 6 6 6 6 14 2 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 Profile: ____________________ Param. SP Number ____________________ 1 1 2 1 3 126 4 0 5 1 6 1 7 2 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 See note 12 1 13 0 14 0 15 0 16 127 17 24 18 18 ____________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datapak_N If you specify Datapak_N as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Datapak_ N default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 21 to 1029 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 1 to 255 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 3 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 3 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 3 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 6 3 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 30 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-Datex-P Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Datex-P Network.............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Datex-P-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Datex-P.............................2 Datex-P PAD Parameter Profiles...........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datex-P......4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii Germany Profile: DATEXP Introduction to the Datex-P Network This chapter introduces the features of the Datex-P network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: OENORM texts A2620, A2621, A2625 Terminology Datex-P Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology DEE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode terminal Character-mode DTE DUEE DCE Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler GBG Closed User Group 1 Datex-P-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Datex-P is 2624. 4-11 National Digit 5 specifies the line speed. number Digits 6-7 identify the area within the PSDN. Digit 8 specifies the gateway used. Digits 9-11 identify the current number. 12-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Datex-P does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Datex-P is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Datex-P Datex-P supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Datex-P Number Values Comments CCITT_______Datex-P___________________________________________ 1 1 0,1 2 2 0,1 3 3 0,2,126 4 4 0 to 255 5 5 0,1 6 6 0,1 7 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 8 0,1 9 9 0 to 255 10 10 0,1 to 255 11 11 2 12 12 0,1 13 126 0,1,4 to 7 14 Not supported 15 Not supported 16 118 0 to 127 See note 17 119 0 to 127 See note 18 120 0 to 127 See note _____________________________________________________________ Note: Parameter 4 must be set to 0 for this to work. A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Datex-P offers 6 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Datex-P PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: ______________________________________ Param. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Number ______________________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 126 2 0 2 2 0 4 0 0 20 0 0 4 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 0 1 1 0 7 2 21 2 21 2 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 2 0 2 2 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 1 0 0 0 1 0 ______________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. An additional profile (Profile 0) is set up at subscription time and is user-selectable. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datex-P If you specify Datex-P as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Datex-P default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer NULL 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Network Information-Datex-P_A Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Datex-P Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Datex-P-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Datex-P............................2 Datex-P PAD Parameter Profiles..........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datex-P.....5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii Austria-Datex-P Profile: Datex-P_A Introduction to the Datex-P Network This chapter introduces the features of the Datex-P network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: OENORM texts A2620, A2621, A2625 Terminology Datex-P Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology DEE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE DUEE DCE PAD PAD GBG Closed User Group 1 Datex-P-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Datex-P is 2322. 4-11 National Digit 5 identifies the speed of the number line, digits 6 and 7 identify the area within the PSDN, digit 8 identifies the gateway used (which identifies the port on a DCE node), and digits 9-11 identify the current number. 12-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Datex-P does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Datex-P is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Datex-P Datex-P supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. Note, however, that not all of the 18 parameters are supported and that Datex-P offers some non-standard parameter numbers. 2 The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Number Datex-P CCITT Datex-P Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 1 0,1 2 2 0,1 3 3 0,2,126 4 4 0 to 255 5 5 0,1 6 6 0,1 7 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 8 0,1 9 9 0 to 255 10 10 0,1 to 255 11 11 2 12 12 0,1 13 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 14 Not supported 15 15 Not supported 16 16 0 to 127 Character delete character. See note 17 17 0 to 127 Buffer delete char- acter. See note 18 18 0 to 127 Buffer display character. See note _____________________________________________________________ Note: Parameter 4 must be set to 0 for this to work. 3 A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Datex-P offers 6 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). Datex-P PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: ___________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Number ___________________________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 126 2 0 2 2 0 4 0 0 20 0 0 4 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 0 1 1 0 7 2 21 2 21 2 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 2 0 2 2 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 1 0 0 0 1 0 ___________________________________________ Note: Profile 0 is set up at subscription time and is user selectable. Parameter 11 is set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Datex-P If you specify Datex-P as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Datex- P default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 10,000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 69 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart Not available retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset Not available retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears Not available retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 64 to 512 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-DCS Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the DCS Network................................1 Terminology.............................................1 DCS-Specific Operation.........................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By DCS................................2 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on DCS.........4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii Belgium Profile: DCS Introduction to the DCS Network This chapter introduces the features of the DCS network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: DCS Documentation Terminology DCS Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology DTE (Packet-mode Terminal) Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE DCE DCE Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler 1 DCS-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for DCS is 2062. 4-10 National Digit 5 identifies the area within the number PSDN. For example, 2 is Brussels. 11-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. DCS does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for DCS is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By DCS DCS supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter DCS Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0,2,126 4 0 to 253 5 0,1 6 0 to 2, 5 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 2,3,10,11 12 0,1 13 0 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 127 17 24 18 18 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. DCS does not offer a standard set of PAD parameters. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on DCS If you specify DCS as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the DCS default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 2 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 128 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 2 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Network Information-DDX76 Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the DDX76 Network..............................1 Terminology.............................................1 DDX76-Specific Operation.......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By DDX76..............................2 DDX76 PAD Parameter Profiles............................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on DDX76.......4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii Japan Profile: DDX76 Introduction to the DDX76 Network This chapter introduces the features of the DDX76 network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Gijutsu sankou shiryou, packet koukan saabisu no intaafehsu Terminology DDX76 Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE (Packet keitai tanmatsu kiki) Non-packet-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE (NPT) (Hyojun-mutejun Tanmatsu-kiki) Data Service Unit (Kaisen DCE syutan souchi) PAD PAD 1 DDX76-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for DDX76 is 4401. 5-11 National number _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for DDX76 is 799. PAD Parameters Supported By DDX76 DDX76 supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter DDX76 Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 255 2 0,1 3 0 to 127 4 0 to 255 5 0 to 2 6 0,1 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0,1 to 64, 129,130 10 0 to 255 11 2,3,8 12 0,1 13 0,1,4,5,6,7 14 0 to 255 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. DDX76 offers 7 PAD parameter profiles to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 DDX76 PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: ___________________________________________ Param. 1 2 11 12 13 14 15 Number ___________________________________________ 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 127 21 6 20 2 2 4 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 6 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 2 2 0 0 0 1 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 130 130 130 130 6 10 0 0 0 0 0 80 80 11 See Note 12 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 130 130 130 6 6 ___________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on DDX76 If you specify DDX76 as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the DDX76 default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 500 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer NULL 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 262 262 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 7 3 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 70 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 70 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 70 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 256 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 7 1 to 15 size (count) Maximum window 15 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Network Information-DDX80 Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the DDX80 Network..............................1 Terminology.............................................1 DDX80-Specific Operation.......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By DDX80..............................2 DDX80 PAD Parameter Profiles............................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on DDX80.......4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii Japan Profile: DDX80 Introduction to the DDX80 Network This chapter introduces the features of the DDX80 network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Gijutsu sankou shiryou, packet koukan saabisu no intaafehsu Terminology DDX80 Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE (Packet keitai tanmatsu kiki) Non-packet-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE (NPT) (Hyojun-mutejun tanmatsu-kiki) Data Service Unit (Kaisen DCE syutan souchi) PAD PAD 1 DDX80-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for DDX80 is 4401. 5-11 National number _____________________________________________________________ DDX80 does not support subaddresses. When making internal calls, only the national number need be specified. For international calls, the DTE address must be prefixed by a 1. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for DDX80 is 799. PAD Parameters Supported By DDX80 DDX80 supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter DDX80 Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 255 2 0,1 3 0 to 127 4 0,1 to 255 5 0,1,2 6 0,1 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0,1 to 64, 129,130 10 0,1 to 255 11 2,3,8 12 0,1 13 0,1,4,5,6,7 14 0,1 to 255 15 Not supported 16 Not supported 17 Not supported 18 Not supported _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. DDX80 offers 7 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 DDX80 PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: ___________________________________________ Param. 1 2 11 12 13 14 15 Number ___________________________________________ 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 127 21 6 20 2 2 4 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 6 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 2 2 0 0 0 1 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 130 130 130 130 6 10 0 0 0 0 0 80 80 11 See note 12 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 130 130 130 6 6 ___________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on DDX80 If you specify DDX80 as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the DDX80 default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 500 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 261 133 to 4101 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 7 2 to 25 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 to 4096 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Network Information-Digipac Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Digipac Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Digipac-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Digipac............................3 Digipac PAD Parameter Profiles..........................6 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Digipac.....8 Frame Control Parameters................................9 Packet Control Parameters..............................10 iii United States Profile: Digipac Introduction to the Digipac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Digipac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Digipac Packet Switching Interface Specification April 1988 Terminology Digipac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Digipac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Digipac is 3147. 5-14 Data Digits 5-7 are the Data Numbering Plan Network Area (DNPA), and designate a geographic Address area. (DNA) or Digits 8-10 are the Data Central Network Office (DCO) code, and identify a Terminal specific geographic area, network, Number or subnetwork. (NTN) Digits 11-14 are the End Point Number (EPN) and identify a station. _____________________________________________________________ Digipac provides multiple network addresses in blocks of 10 (0 to 9) and 100 (0 to 99) relating to the number of subaddresses that the customer requires. This pertains to digit 14 or digits 13 to 14 of the EPN. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Digipac is 4095. 2 PAD Parameters Supported By Digipac Digipac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Digipac Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1,2 6 0,1,5,8 to 15 7 0,1,2,5,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 255 10 0 to 255 11 0 to 18 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7,16,17,20 to 23,126 14 0 to 255 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0,1,2,8,32 to 126 20 0,1,2,64,128 21 0 to 3 22 0 to 23 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Digipac offers 10 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. 4 Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 5 Digipac PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 90 91 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 3 126 2 0 2 2 0 2 126 0 4 0 0 20 0 0 4 0 0 20 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 6 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 7 2 21 2 21 2 0 21 2 2 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 13* 16/5 4 0 16/5 5 0 20/4 16/0 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 0 3 0 0 3 3 3 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. *16 and 20, Northern Telecom switches only. 6 Profile: ______________________________ Param. PPSN User Friendly Number ______________________________ 0 1 2 1 3 126 4 0 5 1 6 8 7 2 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 See note 12 1 13 0 14 0 15 0 16 127 17 24 18 18 19 2 20 0 21 0 22 0 ______________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. Digipac uses the PPSN User Friendly profile as the default standard for both dedicated and dial access. 7 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Digipac If you specify Digipac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Digipac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 8 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 1000 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 261 38 to 263 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 1 to 20 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 200 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 10 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 11 Network Information-Eirpac Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Eirpac Network.............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Eirpac-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Eirpac.............................2 Eirpac PAD Parameter Profiles...........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Eirpac......4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii Eire Profile: Eirpac Introduction to the Eirpac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Eirpac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Eirpac User's Manual Terminology Eirpac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Eirpac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Eirpac is 2724. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Dublin is 315. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Eirpac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Eirpac is 255. PAD Parameters Supported By Eirpac Eirpac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Eirpac Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0 to 126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 255 10 1 to 254 11 0,1,2,3,5,6 12 0,1 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Eirpac offers 7 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Eirpac PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: ___________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Number ___________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 126 2 0 2 2 0 4 0 0 0 20 0 0 4 5 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 7 21 2 21 2 21 2 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 2 0 2 0 2 2 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See Note 12 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 ____________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Eirpac If you specify Eirpac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Eirpac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Network Information-FEDEXITC Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the FEDEXITC Network...........................1 Terminology.............................................1 FEDEXITC-Specific Operation....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By FEDEXITC...........................2 FEDEXITC PAD Parameter Profiles.........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on FEDEXITC....5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii United States Profile: FEDEXITC Introduction to the FEDEXITC Network This chapter introduces the features of the FEDEXITC network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: NETRIX #1-ISS X.25 Specifications Version 4.0 Terminology FEDEXITC Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology DTE Packet-mode DTE DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 FEDEXITC-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for FEDEXITC is 3138. 5-12 Digits 5-7 refer to the area code ID. Digits 8-12 refer to the node identification. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. FEDEXITC does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for FEDEXITC is 4096. PAD Parameters Supported By FEDEXITC FEDEXITC supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1984 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter FEDEXITC Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32-126 2 0,1 3 0,1,2,4,8,16, 32,64,126 4 0-255 5 0,1 6 0,1,4,5 7 0,1,2,4,8,16,24 8 0,1 9 0-255 10 0-255 11 0-19200 12 0,1 13 0,1,2,4 14 0-255 15 0,1 16 0-127 17 0-127 18 0-127 19 0,1,2,8,32-126 20 0,1,2,4,8,16, 21 32,64,128 0,1,2,3 22 0,1-255 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. FEDEXITC offers 1 PAD parameter profiles to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use 3 Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). FEDEXITC PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _________________ Param. 1 Number _________________ 1 1 2 1 3 126 4 0 5 1 6 5 7 2 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 See note 12 1 13 0 14 0 15 1 16 127 17 24 18 18 19 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 ___________________ Note: 4 Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. Range 0-19200 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on FEDEXITC If you specify FEDEXITC as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the FEDEXITC default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 1000 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer NULL 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 1030 38 to 4103 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 1 to 30 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 0 0 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 0 0 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 0 0 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 1024 16 to 4096 size (bytes) Maximum packet 4096 size (bytes) Window size (see Default window 4 1 to 7 Note 1) size (count) Maximum window 4 size (count) Window Size (see Default window 4 1 to 127 Note 2) size (count) Window size 7 (count) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: Using the FEDEXITC profile. Note 2: Using the FEDEXITC_E profile for extended packet sequence numbering. 8 Network Information-FIPS Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the FIPS Network...............................1 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on FIPS........1 Frame Control Parameters................................2 Packet Control Parameters...............................3 iii International Profile: FIPS Introduction to the FIPS Network This chapter introduces the features of the FIPS network. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on FIPS If you specify FIPS as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the FIPS default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 1 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) 7 to 127 (see frames (K) Note 1) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting 2 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 3 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 4096 size (bytes) Maximum packet 4096 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 4 Network Information-GRAPHNET Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation Maynard, Massachusetts __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ © Digital Equipment Corporation 1991. All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid Reader's Comments forms at the end of this document request your critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 2.0. Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the GRAPHNET Network...........................1 Terminology.............................................1 GRAPHNET-Specific Operation....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By GRAPHNET...........................2 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on GRAPHNET....4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii United States Profile: GRAPHNET Introduction to the GRAPHNET Network This chapter introduces the features of the GRAPHNET network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: NETRIX #1-ISS X.25 Specifications Version 2.50, April 1990 Terminology GRAPHNET Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Dte Packet-mode DTE Dte Character-mode DTE Dce DCE Pad PAD 1 GRAPHNET-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for GRAPHNET is 3118. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For Example, 212 is NYC. Digits 8-12 refer to the node identification. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. GRAPHNET checks the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for GRAPHNET is 4096. PAD Parameters Supported By GRAPHNET GRAPHNET supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1984 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter GRAPHNET Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32-126 2 0,1 3 0,1,2,4,8,16,32,64 4 0-255 5 0,1,2 6 0,1,4,8-15,16,32,48 7 0,1,2,4,8,16 8 0 9 0-255 10 0,1-255 11 0-18 12 0,1 13 0,1,2,4 14 0-255 15 0,1 16 0-127 17 0-127 18 0-127 19 0,1,2,8,32-126 20 0,1,2,4,8,16,32,64,128 21 0,1,2 22 0,1-255 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. GRAPHNET does not offer a standard set of PAD parameters. 3 Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on GRAPHNET If you specify GRAPHNET as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the GRAPHNET default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer NULL 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 262 38 to 4103 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 1 to 30 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 2 1 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 2 1 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 2 1 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 4096 size (bytes) Maximum packet 4096 size (bytes) Window size (see Default window 2 2 to 7 Note 1) size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) Window Size (see Default window 2 1 to 127 Note 2) size (count) Window size 7 (count) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: Using the GRAPHNET profile. Note 2: Using the GRAPHNET_E profile for extended packet sequence numbering. 7 Network Information-Iberpac Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Iberpac Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Iberpac-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................3 PAD Parameters Supported By Iberpac............................3 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Iberpac.....4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii Spain Profile: Iberpac Introduction to the Iberpac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Iberpac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Especificaciones Functionales de la RETD Terminology Iberpac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology ETD Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE P-NODE DCE Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler 1 Iberpac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Iberpac is 2145. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Madrid is 120. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Iberpac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Iberpac DTE addresses have one additional digit inserted at the beginning of the address to identify the format of the address that follows. These format identifiers have the following meanings: o 0-International format (full DTE address) o 2-Leased line format (national nyumber and subaddress) o 8-Telex network (6-digit telex number only) o 9-Public switched telephone line network (national number only 2 Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Iberpac is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Iberpac Iberpac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Iberpac Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 (32 to 126) 2 0,1 3 0,1,126 4 0 to 254 5 0,1 6 0,1 7 0,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 0,2,8 12 0,1 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Iberpac does not offer a standard set of PAD parameters. 3 Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Iberpac If you specify Iberpac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Iberpac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 1500 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 2728 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 3 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 2 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 5 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 5 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 5 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 3 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 3 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 2 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 3 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 3 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Network Information-Impacs Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Impacs Network.............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Impacs-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 Impacs Restriction on User Data Field..........................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Impacs.............................3 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Impacs......5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii United States Profile: Impacs Introduction to the Impacs Network This chapter introduces the features of the Impacs network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Tymnet X.25/X.75 Interface Reference Manual V3.01 Terminology Impacs Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE Tymnet Node DCE PAD PAD 1 Impacs-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Impacs is 3104. 5-14 National Digit 5 determines the address type. If number the first digit is 0, then the national number consists of a 5-digit address plus an optional subaddress of up to 4 digits. 11-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Impacs does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Impacs is 4095. Impacs Restriction on User Data Field Impacs allows only 0 to 12 characters in the user data field of a call request packet. Terminate the data with a car- riage return. You must not enter an ASCII escape charac- ter or a carriage return in the user data field. If you enter an escape character, or any wrongly formatted in- formation, the PAD discards all input up to and includ- ing the next carriage return. You must then enter the data again. 2 PAD Parameters Supported By Impacs Impacs supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Impacs Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Impacs Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 Not supported 2 0,1 3 0 to 127 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 Not supported 7 0,1,2,4,5, 16,20,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 Not supported 11 0,2,3 12 0,1 13 4 14 0 to 7 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Impacs does not offer a standard set of PAD parameters. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Impacs If you specify Impacs as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Impacs default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 54600 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 27300 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 262 34 to 1031 of bits in a size (bytes) (263 in frame (N1) Impacs_ E) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 1 to 255 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 127 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 3 1 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 3 1 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 3 1 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size (see Default window 2 1 to 7 Note 1) size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) Window Size (see Default window 2 1 to 127 Note 2) size (count) Window size 2 (count) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: Using the Impacs profile. Note 2: Using the Impacs_E profile for extended packet sequence numbering. 8 Network Information-Infonet§ Revision/Update Information: This is a new document § Infonet is a trademark or service mark of Computer Sciences Corporation. digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Infonet Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Infonet-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Infonet............................2 Infonet PAD Parameter Profiles..........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Infonet.....4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii United States Profile: Infonet Introduction to the Infonet Network This chapter introduces the features of the Infonet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: MP 55765-01, MP 55766-01 Terminology Infonet Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Infonet-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Infonet is 3137. 5-11 National Digits 5-8 identify a node in the number network, and therefore a city. Digits 9-11 indicate an X.25 port on the node. For example, 31370011059xx indicates node 11, port 59. 12-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Infonet does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Infonet is 128. PAD Parameters Supported By Infonet Infonet supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Infonet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0,1 to 255 5 0 to 2 6 0,1,5,8 to 15 7 0,1,2,5, 8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 255 10 0 to 255 11 0 to 18 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 255 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Infonet offers 4 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Infonet PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: ____________________________ Param. 1 2 3 4 Number ____________________________ 1 0 0 1 1 2 0 0 0 0 3 2 6 6 2 4 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 1 1 6 0 0 5 5 7 0 20 20 2 8 0 0 0 0 9 2 X X 2 10 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 1 1 1 13 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 1 16 0 0 0 127 17 0 0 0 24 18 0 0 0 18 ____________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Infonet If you specify Infonet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Infonet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2300 50 to 32767 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 16 to 1024 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 3 1 to 255 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 160 15 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 160 15 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 160 15 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 160 15 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 3 1 to 155 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 3 1 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 3 1 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 512 size (bytes) Maximum packet 512 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Network Information-Infoswitch Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Infoswitch Network.........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Infoswitch-Specific Operation..................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Infoswitch.........................2 Infoswitch PAD Parameter Profiles.......................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Infoswitch.....................................................4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii Canada Profile: Infoswitch Introduction to the Infoswitch Network This chapter introduces the features of the Infoswitch network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Infoswitch II Network X.25 Interface Technical Description Terminology Infoswitch Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Infoswitch-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Infoswitch is 3028. 4-10 National Digits 5-6 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Toronto is 35. 11-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Infoswitch does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Infoswitch is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Infoswitch Infoswitch supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Infoswitch Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0,1 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,4 7 0,1,2,4,8,16 8 0,1 9 0,1 to 255 10 0,1 to 255 11 0 to 15 12 0,1 13 0,1,2,4 14 0,1 to 255 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0,1,2,8,32 to 126 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Infoswitch offers 7 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Infoswitch PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: ___________________________________________ Param. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Number ___________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 126 126 2 2 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 20 4 5 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 6 5 5 1 1 1 0 0 7 2 2 2 21 21 2 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See Note 12 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 13 5 0 0 0 4 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 15 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 127 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 2 2 2 2 18 2 2 19 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Infoswitch If you specify Infoswitch as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Infoswitch default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2400 200 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 134 133 to 282 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 16 2 to 255 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) 7 to 39 (see frames (K) Note 1) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 60 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 180 to 200 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 60 to 180 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 60 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 2 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Network Information-Intelpak § Revision/Update Information: This is a new document § Intelpak is a trademark or service mark of Cable & Wireless (HK) Ltd. Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Intelpak Network...........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Circuit Details.........................................1 Intelpak-Specific Operation....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Intelpak...........................2 Intelpak PAD Parameter Profiles.........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Intelpak....6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii Hong Kong Profile: Intelpak Introduction to the Intelpak Network This chapter introduces the features of the Intelpak network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: X.75 Test Manual Terminology Intelpak Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE Switching Centre DCE PAD PAD Circuit Details Only switched virtual circuits (SVCs) are supported. 1 Intelpak-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Intelpak is 4542. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Hong Kong is 000. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Intelpak does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Intelpak is 32. Intelpak does not make use of the Logical Group Channel number. PAD Parameters Supported By Intelpak Intelpak supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Intelpak Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 (32 to 126) 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,5 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 0,2,3,4,5,6,8 to 14 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 1 to 127 17 1 to 127 18 1 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Intelpak offers 20 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Intelpak PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 4 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 60 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 6 0 0 8 1 0 1 16 10 72 80 120 120 120 80 80 132 132 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 1 2 0 6 0 0 4 0 8 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. B1 B2 D1 D2 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 126 126 126 126 48 48 48 48 48 4 160 160 160 160 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 21 21 21 21 5 5 5 5 5 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 2 6 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 10 132 132 80 72 72 120 80 132 80 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 1 1 1 1 6 6 6 6 6 14 2 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 Profile: __________________ Param. SP TP Number __________________ 1 1 0 2 1 0 3 48 0 4 0 20 5 1 0 6 1 0 7 2 2 8 0 0 9 0 0 10 0 0 11 See note 12 1 0 13 0 0 14 0 0 15 0 0 16 127 127 17 24 24 18 18 18 ___________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Intelpak If you specify Intelpak as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Intelpak default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 10,000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-ISO8208 Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the ISO8208 Network............................1 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on ISO8208.....1 Frame Control Parameters................................2 Packet Control Parameters...............................3 iii International Profile: ISO8208 Introduction to the ISO8208 Network VAX P.S.I. supports the ISO8208 and ISO8208_E profile, so you can use VAX P.S.I. in DCE mode. Refer to the X.25 Management manual for details of how to set up VAX P.S.I. as a DCE. Both the ISO8208 and the ISO8208_E profiles support all the optional X.25 facilities. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on ISO8208 If you specify ISO8208 as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the ISO8208 default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 1 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 38 to 4101 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) to 128 (see frames (K) Note 1) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting 2 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 3 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 4096 size (bytes) Maximum packet 4096 size (bytes) Window size (see Default window 2 1 to 7 Note 1) size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) Window Size (see Default window 2 1 to 127 Note 2) size (count) Window size 127 (count) Interrupt Interrupt timer 180 1 to 3600 Response Timer (seconds) (T26) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: Using the ISO8208 profile. 4 Note 2: Using the ISO8208_E profile for extended packet sequence numbering. 5 Network Information-ISO8881 Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on ISO8881.....1 Frame Control Parameters................................2 Packet Control Parameters...............................3 iii International Profile: ISO8881 or ISO8881_E for extended sequence numbering DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on ISO8881 If you specify ISO8881 as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the ISO8881 default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 1 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 2 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 3 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 1024 size (bytes) Window size (see Default window 2 1 to 7 Note 1) size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) Window Size (see Default window 2 1 to 127 Note 2) size (count) Window size 127 (count) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: Using the ISO8881 profile. Note 2: Using the ISO8881_E profile for extended packet sequence numbering. 4 Network Information-Itapac Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Itapac Network.............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Itapac-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Itapac.............................2 Itapac PAD Parameter Profiles...........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Itapac......4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii Italy Profile: Itapac Introduction to the Itapac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Itapac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Allegato 2: Specifiche Dell'Interfaccia D'Utente per la Rete a Commutazione Di Pacchetto Itapac Terminology Itapac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Nodi di Commutazione di Packet-mode DTE Pacchetto (NCL) Adattori Concentratori di Character-mode DTE Pacchetto (ACP) Gruppo del Canale Logico Logical Channel Group Number (GCL) (LCGN) Numero del Canale Logico Logical Channel Number (LCN) (NCL) 1 Itapac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Itapac is 2222. 4-10 National Digits 5-n identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Rome is 6, Trieste is 41. 11-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Itapac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Itapac is 255. PAD Parameters Supported By Itapac Itapac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Itapac Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0,2,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 6 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 0,2,3,4,6,8,10 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1,2 16 0,127 17 0,127 18 0,127 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Itapac offers 9 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Itapac PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 0 126 0 126 126 126 126 126 126 4 20 0 12 255 255 255 20 255 255 5 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 1 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 2 2 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 2 6 0 0 2 2 10 0 0 0 72 80 80 24 72 80 11 See note 12 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 5 5 5 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Itapac If you specify Itapac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Itapac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 2000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 135 133 to 135 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 3 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 3 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 3 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 2 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Network Information-Luxpac Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Luxpac Network.............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Luxpac-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Luxpac.............................3 Luxpac PAD Parameter Profiles...........................5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Luxpac......6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii Luxembourg Profile: Luxpac Introduction to the Luxpac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Luxpac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: CCITT(1984) Recommendation X.25, CCITT(1984) Recommendation X.3, X.28 and X.29 Terminology Luxpac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Luxpac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Luxpac is 2704. 4-9 National Digit 5 identifies the area within the number PSDN. 10-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Luxpac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ To call a Luxembourg DTE from Luxembourg, you need only specify the national DTE address. To call a foreign DTE from Luxembourg, you must specify the full DTE address prefixed by zero. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Luxpac is 4095. 2 PAD Parameters Supported By Luxpac Luxpac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Luxpac Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0,2,6, 18,126 4 0,1 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,5 7 0,1,2,8, 21 8 0,1 9 0,1 to 7 10 0,1 to 255 11 0,2 to 6, 8 to 14 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0,1 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 Not supported 20 Not supported 21 Not supported 22 Not supported _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Luxpac offers 13 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command 4 on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). Luxpac PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 6 0 0 2 2 126 126 2 2 4 0 20 10 80 40 400 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 6 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 0 2 2 21 21 21 21 8 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 4 7 0 4 7 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 11 See note 12 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 17 4 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 2 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 Profile: ____________________________ Param. 9 10 11 12 Number ____________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 3 2 2 0 126 4 0 40 3 0 5 0 0 0 1 6 1 1 0 1 7 0 21 21 2 8 0 0 0 0 9 0 4 0 0 10 69 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 ____________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Luxpac If you specify Luxpac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Luxpac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3200 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 280 38 to 280 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 32 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 4 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-Marknet Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Marknet Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Marknet-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................3 PAD Parameters Supported By Marknet............................3 Marknet PAD Parameter Profiles..........................5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Marknet.....6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii United States Profile: Marknet or Marknet_E for extended sequence numbering Introduction to the Marknet Network This chapter introduces the features of the Marknet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Marknet X.25 User Documentation Terminology Marknet Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Marknet-Specific Operation DTE Addresses Marknet's 14 digit address is known as the Network User Address (NUA). _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Marknet is 3136 5-7 Area code The area code identifies the local node. 8 Switch The switch digit identifies a given region. 9-14 Resource The RID is a code that is unique to identi- each user. fication (RID) 2 _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 13-14 Subaddress Marknet does not support subaddressing as part of the DTE address. The affect of subaddressing can be simulated by subscribing to multiple DTE addresses on a single physical line. For example, a user can request addresses in blocks of 100. Marknet then assigns consecutive integer addresses, beginning with addresses whose least significant two digits are 00 through to 99. The DTE address is then considered as a 12 digit number, followed by two mandatory subaddress digits. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Marknet is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Marknet Marknet supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Marknet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0 2 0 3 2 See note 4 0 See note 5 0 6 1 7 21 8 0 9 0 10 0 See note 11 Not supported 12 0 13 4 14 0 15 1 16 31 See note 17 24 See note 18 0 See note _____________________________________________________________ Note: The user can change these parameters only when connected to certain PADs on Marknet. All other parameters are non- changeable. A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Marknet offers 1 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command 4 on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). Marknet PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: ___________________ Param. 0 Number ___________________ 1 0 2 0 3 2 4 0 5 0 6 1 7 21 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 See note 12 0 13 4 14 0 15 1 16 31 17 24 18 0 ___________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Marknet If you specify Marknet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Marknet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 1000 to 20000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 1029 37 to 1030 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 1 to 1000 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 to 127 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 1024 size (bytes) Window size (see Default window 2 1 to 7 Note 1) size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) Window Size (see Default window 2 1 to 127 Note 2) size (count) Window size 127 (count) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: Using the Marknet profile. Note 2: Using the Marknet_E profile for extended packet sequence numbering. 9 Network Information-Maypac Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Maypac Network.............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Maypac-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Maypac.............................2 Maypac PAD Parameter Profiles...........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Maypac......6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii Malaysia Profile: Maypac Introduction to the Maypac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Maypac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Maypac Operating Instructions for Start/Stop Mode Terminals Terminology Maypac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Maypac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Maypac is 5021. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Kuala Lumpur is 131. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Maypac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Maypac is 255. PAD Parameters Supported By Maypac Maypac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Maypac Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6, 18,126 4 0,1 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,5 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0,1 to 31 10 0,1 to 255 11 0,2,3,11 12 0,1 13 0,1,2,4, 5,6,7 14 0,1 to 15 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 23,24,25 to 127 18 0,1 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Maypac offers 26 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Maypac PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 7 0 0 8 1 0 1 16 10 72 80 120 120 120 80 80 132 132 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 14 1 2 0 6 5 0 4 0 10 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 D1 D2 D3 SP Number _____________________________________________________ 1 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 2 6 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 10 132 132 132 132 132 80 72 80 0 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 13 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 14 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 Profile: ________________________________________________ Param. TP V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 CT * Number ________________________________________________ 1 0 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 2 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 3 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 6 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 2 5 5 5 5 5 1 5 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 10 0 72 120 80 132 80 80 80 11 See Note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 13 0 6 6 6 6 6 0 4 14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 ________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Maypac If you specify Maypac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Maypac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2900 2900 to 10400 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5200 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 21 to 1032 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 1024 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-NET2 Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the NET2 Network...............................1 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on NET2........1 Frame Control Parameters................................2 Packet Control Parameters...............................3 iii International Profile: NET2 Introduction to the NET2 Network This chapter introduces the features of the NET2 network. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on NET2 If you specify NET2 as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the NET2 default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 1 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) 7 to 127 (see frames (K) Note 1) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting 2 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 3 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 4096 size (bytes) Maximum packet 4096 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 4 Network Information-Pacnet Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Pacnet Network.............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Pacnet-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Pacnet.............................2 Pacnet PAD Parameter Profiles...........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Pacnet......5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii Taiwan Profile: Pacnet Introduction to the Pacnet Network This chapter introduces the features of the Pacnet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Interface Specifications for Character-mode (X.28) Terminals and Interface Specifications for Packet-mode (X.25) Terminals * Terminology Pacnet Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal (P- Packet-mode DTE DTE) Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE (C-DTE) Switching Centre DCE Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler 1 Pacnet-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Pacnet is 4872. 4-12 National Digit 5 identifies the area within the number PSDN. For example, Taipei is 2 or 3, Taichung is 4. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Pacnet does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Pacnet is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Pacnet Pacnet supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Pacnet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,5 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0,1 to 255 11 0,2,3,4,5,6,8, 9 to 14 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Pacnet offers 13 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Pacnet PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 126 0 0 2 2 126 126 2 2 4 0 20 10 80 40 200 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 6 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 2 2 21 21 21 21 21 8 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 4 7 0 4 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 11 See note 12 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile: ____________________________ Param. 9 10 11 12 Number ____________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 3 2 2 0 126 4 0 40 3 0 5 0 0 0 1 6 1 1 0 1 7 0 21 21 2 8 0 0 0 0 9 0 4 0 0 10 69 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 0 0 1 13 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 ____________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Pacnet If you specify Pacnet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Pacnet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 3200 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 1600 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 261 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 16 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 32 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 4 size (count) Maximum window 4 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Pacnet_NZ Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Pacnet_NZ Network..........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Pacnet_NZ-Specific Operation...................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Pacnet_NZ..........................2 Pacnet_NZ PAD Parameter Profiles........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Pacnet_NZ......................................................5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii New Zealand Profile: Pacnet_NZ Introduction to the Pacnet_NZ Network This chapter introduces the features of the Pacnet_NZ network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: New Zealand Telecom Ltd. Interface Specifications for Character Mode (X.28) Terminals, New Zealand Telecom Ltd. Interface Specifications for Packet Mode (X.25) Terminals Terminology Pacnet_NZ Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology P-DTE Packet-mode DTE C-DTE Character-mode DTE Packet Switching Exchange DCE Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler 1 Pacnet_NZ-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Pacnet is 5301. 4-12 National Digits 5-n identify the area within number the PSDN. For example, Auckland is 9, Hamilton is 71. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Pacnet does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Pacnet_NZ is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Pacnet_NZ Pacnet_NZ supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Pacnet_NZ Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 13 2 0,1 3 0,2,6, 18,126 4 0,1 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,5 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0,1,7 10 0,1 to 255 11 0 to 16 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Pacnet_NZ offers 13 PAD parameter profiles to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Pacnet_NZ PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 3 126 0 0 2 2 126 126 2 2 4 0 20 10 80 40 200 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 8 6 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 2 2 21 21 21 21 21 8 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 4 7 0 4 7 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 11 See note 12 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile: ____________________________ Param. 9 10 11 12 Number ____________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 3 2 2 0 12 4 0 40 3 40 5 0 0 0 1 6 1 1 0 0 7 0 21 21 0 8 0 0 0 0 9 0 4 0 0 10 69 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 0 0 1 13 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 ____________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Pacnet_NZ If you specify Pacnet_NZ as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Pacnet_ NZ default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 1600 100 to 3200 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 280 38 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 2 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 3600 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 3600 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 3600 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 3600 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 32 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 4 size (count) Maximum window 4 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-PAKNET Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the PAKNET Network.............................1 Terminology.............................................1 PAKNET-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By PAKNET.............................3 PAKNET PAD Parameter Profiles...........................5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on PAKNET......6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii Pakistan Profile: PAKNET Introduction to the PAKNET Network This chapter introduces the features of the PAKNET network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Telenet User Guide, Telenet Technical Manuals, PAKNET PAD User Manual, PAKNET X.25 User Manual Terminology PAKNET Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Async terminal Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 PAKNET-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for PAKNET is 4100. 5-7 Area Code Digit 5 is always 1. Digit 6 identifies major areas within the PSDN. For example, 1 is Karachi, 2 is Lahore, 3 is Islamabad. 8-10 Secondary Area Code 11-12 Port Number 13-14 Sub For optional use by the DTE with Address each call. If present,it passes transparently through the network. PAKNET does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for PAKNET is 256. 2 PAD Parameters Supported By PAKNET PAKNET supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter PAKNET Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0 to 125 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0, 1 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,5 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 31 10 0 to 255 11 2,3,14 12 0,1 13 0,1,2,4 14 0 to 15 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 Not Supported 20 Not Supported 21 Not Supported 22 Not supported _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. PAKNET offers 1 PAD parameter profiles to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 4 PAKNET PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 64 2 1 3 2 4 20 5 0 6 5 7 2 8 0 9 7 10 0 11 14 (See note) 12 0 13 4 14 7 15 0 16 8 17 24 18 18 19 Not supported 20 Not supported 21 Not supported 22 Not supported _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on PAKNET If you specify PAKNET as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the PAKNET default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 5000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer NULL 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 1030 38 to 1030 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 1 to 255 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) 1 to 127 (see frames (K) Note 1) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 6 to 254 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 6 to 254 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 6 to 254 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 6 to 254 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 2 0 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 2 0 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 2 0 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 1024 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-PPSnet Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the PPSnet Network.............................1 Terminology.............................................1 PPSnet-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By PPSnet.............................2 PPSnet PAD Parameter Profiles...........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on PPSnet......5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii United States Profile: PPSnet Introduction to the PPSnet Network This chapter introduces the features of the PPSnet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Pacific Bell Public Packet Switching (PPS) Technical Interface Specification Issue 1, August 1989 Terminology PPSnet Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 PPSnet-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for PPSnet is 3145. 5-14 Data Digits 5-7 are the Data Numbering Plan Network Area (DNPA), and designate a geographic Address area. (DNA) or Digits 8-10 are the Data Central Network Office (DCO) code, and identify a Terminal specific geographic area, network, Number or subnetwork. (NTN) Digits 11-14 are the End Point Number (EPN) and identify a station. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for PPSnet is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By PPSnet PPSnet supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter PPSnet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1,2 6 0,1,5,8 to 15 7 0,1,2,5,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 255 10 0 to 255 11 0 to 18 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 255 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0,2,8,32 to 126 20 0,1,2,4,8,16, 32,64,128 21 0,1,2,3 22 0 to 255 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. PPSnet offers 9 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command 3 on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). PPSnet PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 90 91 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 3 126 2 0 2 2 0 2 126 0 4 0 0 20 0 0 4 0 0 20 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 6 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 7 2 21 2 21 2 0 21 2 2 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 13 16 4 0 16 5 0 4 16 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 0 3 0 0 3 3 3 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on PPSnet If you specify PPSnet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the PPSnet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 1000 to 15000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer 0 0 to 400 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 518 38 to 524 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 1 to 15 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) 7 to 127 (see frames (K) Note 1) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 15 to 915 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 15 to 915 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 15 to 915 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 15 to 915 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 512 size (bytes) Maximum packet 512 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Packet Switchstream (PSS) Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the PSS Network................................1 Terminology.............................................1 PSS-Specific Operation.........................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By PSS................................2 PSS PAD Parameter Profiles..............................5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on PSS.........7 Frame Control Parameters................................8 Packet Control Parameters...............................9 iii Great Britain-Packet Switchstream Profile: PSS Introduction to the PSS Network This chapter introduces the features of the PSS network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: PSS booklets, PSS Technical User's Guide Terminology PSS Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal (DTE- Packet-mode DTE P) Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE Packet-switching Exchange DCE (PSE) PAD PAD 1 PSS-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for PSS is 2342. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Reading is 734. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. PSS does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for PSS is 2047. PAD Parameters Supported By PSS PSS supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter PSS Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 (32 to 126) 2 0,1 The last six characters of the 12-character NUI are not echoed. 3 0,1,2,4,8,16, All values within the given 32,64,128 range can be summed. 4 0 to 255 Data forwarding timeout. See note. 5 0,1 6 0,1 7 0,1,2,5,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 0,2,3,8, 9,10,11 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 1 to 127 17 1 to 127 18 1 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ Note: Do not use a low value with this parameter as this greatly increases costs. PSS charges for segments rather than characters. A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. PSS offers 20 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. 3 Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). Data Forwarding Characters PSS supports all values of PAD parameter 3 (selection of data forwarding signals). The P.S.I. setting for data forwarding characters at local terminals is 94; that is, all control characters except LF, VT, FF, and HT. To ensure that a remote X.29 terminal behaves as much like a local terminal as possible, the P.S.I. software sets PAD parameter 3 to 94. This means that the default line terminators and read function terminators for a remote X.29 terminal on PSS are any ASCII control characters except LF, VT, FF, and HT. This differs from the terminators described in the P.S.I. X.29 user's information for your operating system. 4 PSS PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 4 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 60 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 6 0 0 8 1 0 1 16 10 72 80 120 120 120 80 80 132 132 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 1 2 0 6 0 0 4 0 8 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. B1 B2 D1 D2 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 126 126 126 126 48 48 48 48 48 4 160 160 160 160 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 21 21 21 21 5 5 5 5 5 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 2 6 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 10 132 132 80 72 72 120 80 132 80 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 1 1 1 1 6 6 6 6 6 14 2 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 6 Profile: __________________ Param. SP TP Number __________________ 1 1 0 2 1 0 3 48 0 4 0 20 5 1 0 6 1 0 7 2 2 8 0 0 9 0 0 10 0 0 11 See note 12 1 0 13 0 0 14 0 0 15 0 0 16 127 127 17 24 24 18 18 18 __________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on PSS If you specify PSS as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the PSS default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 7 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 10,000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 9 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 10 Network Information-Pulselink Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Pulselink Network..........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Pulselink-Specific Operation...................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Pulselink..........................2 Pulselink PAD Parameter Profiles........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Pulselink......................................................5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii United States Profile: Pulselink Introduction to the Pulselink Network This chapter introduces the features of the Pulselink network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Pulselink Users Manual Terminology Pulselink Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE/Block- Character-mode DTE mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Pulselink-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Pulselink is 3142. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Georgia is 404. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Pulselink does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Pulselink is 512. PAD Parameters Supported By Pulselink Pulselink supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Pulselink Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0,2,126 4 0,1 to 255 5 0,1,2 6 0,1,5 7 0,1,2,4,8,21 8 0,1 9 0,1 to 255 10 0,1 to 255 11 0 to 14,99 12 0,1 13 1,2,4 to 7,16,17,20 to 23 14 0 to 255 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0,1,2,8,32 to 126 20 0,1,2,4,8,16,32, 64,128 21 0,3 22 0 to 255 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Pulselink offers 9 PAD parameter profiles to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use 3 Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). Pulselink PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 90 91 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 3 126 2 0 2 2 0 2 126 0 4 0 0 20 0 0 4 0 0 20 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 6 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 7 2 21 2 21 2 0 21 2 2 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 13 16 4 0 16 5 4 4 16 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 0 3 0 0 3 3 3 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _____________________________________________________ Note: 4 Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Pulselink If you specify Pulselink as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Pulselink default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 1000 to 15000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 1000 to 7500 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 215 38 to 524 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 1 to 15 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 512 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 3 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Renpac Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Renpac Network.............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Renpac-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Renpac.............................2 Renpac PAD Parameter Profiles...........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Renpac......5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii Brazil Profile: Renpac Introduction to the Renpac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Renpac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Renpac Reference Manuals Terminology Renpac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology P-DTE Packet-mode DTE C-DTE Character-mode DTE Packet Switching Exchange DCE (PSX) Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler 1 Renpac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Renpac is 7241. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Rio is 212. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Renpac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Renpac is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Renpac Renpac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Renpac Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,5 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 2,3,11 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Renpac offers 13 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Renpac PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 126 0 0 2 2 126 126 2 2 4 0 20 10 80 40 200 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 6 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 2 2 21 21 21 21 21 8 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 4 7 0 4 7 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 11 See note 12 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile: ____________________________ Param. 9 10 11 12 Number ____________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 3 2 2 0 126 4 0 40 3 0 5 0 0 0 1 6 1 1 0 1 7 0 21 21 2 8 0 0 0 0 9 0 4 0 0 10 69 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 0 0 1 13 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 16 8 8 8 8 17 24 24 24 24 18 42 42 42 42 ____________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Renpac If you specify Renpac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Renpac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 1600 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 37 to 2728 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 32 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 4 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-SKDP Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the SKDP Network...............................1 Terminology.............................................1 SKDP-Specific Operation........................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By SKDP...............................2 SKDP PAD Parameter Profiles.............................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on SKDP........5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii Indonesia Profile: SKDP Introduction to the SKDP Network This chapter introduces the features of the SKDP network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Comparison between CCITT Recommendation X.25 and X.25 as Implemented in Siemans System EDX-P Release PS 5.0 Terminology SKDP Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 SKDP-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for SKDP is 5101. 4-12 National Digits 5-6 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Jakarta is 21. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. SKDP does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ For an international call, the prefix zero has to be added to the DTE address. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for SKDP is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By SKDP SKDP supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter SKDP Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0,1 to 255 5 0 to 2 6 0,1,5,9,13 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0,1 to 7 10 0,1 to 255 11 2,3 12 0,1 13 0,1,4,5,6,7 14 0,1 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0,1,2,8 20 0,1,2,4,8,16, 32,64,128 21 0 to 3 22 0,1 to 255 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. SKDP offers 9 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command 3 on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). SKDP PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 3 0 126 2 0 126 2 2 0 0 4 20 0 0 20 0 0 0 5 5 5 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 1 1 0 1 13 13 0 0 7 2 2 2 2 2 21 21 2 2 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 72 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 4 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on SKDP If you specify SKDP as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the SKDP default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3200 3200 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 217 38 to 260 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 16 16 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) 1 to 127 (see frames (K) Note 1) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 200 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 128 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size (see Default window 2 1 to 7 Note 1) size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) Window Size (see Default window 2 1 to 127 Note 2) size (count) Window size 2 (count) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: Using the SKDP profile. Note 2: Using the SKDP_E profile for extended packet sequence numbering. 8 Network Information-SNA_NPSI Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the SNA_NPSI Network...........................1 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on SNA_NPSI....1 Frame Control Parameters................................2 Packet Control Parameters...............................3 Configuration of SNA_NPSI for Use with VAX P.S.I...............5 Network-Specific Macros........................................5 Parameter Values for the X25NET Macro...................6 Parameter Values for the X25VCCPT Macro.................6 Parameter Values for the X25MCH Macro...................6 iii International Profile: SNA_NPSI Introduction to the SNA_NPSI Network VAX P.S.I. supports the SNA_NPSI profile so that you can use VAX P.S.I. in DCE mode for point to point com- munications with an IBM system. For details of how to set up VAX P.S.I. as a DCE, refer to the X.25 Management manual. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on SNA_NPSI If you specify SNA_NPSI as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the SNA_ NPSI default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 1 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 500 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 1029 38 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 20 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 2 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 200 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 6 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 6 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 3 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 6 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 32 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 1024 size (bytes) Window size (see Default window 2 1 to 7 Note 1) size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) Window Size (see Default window 127 1 to 127 Note 2) size (count) Window size 127 (count) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: Using the SNA_NPSI profile. Note 2: Using the SNA_NPSI_E profile for extended packet sequence numbering. 4 Configuration of SNA_NPSI for Use with VAX P.S.I. The following IBM manuals are the primary source of in- formation about the SNA_NPSI network: o X.25 NCP Packet Switching Interface - General Information, GC30-3189-3 o X.25 Packet Switching Interface for the IBM 3725 - Installation and Operation, releases 4, 4.1 and 4.2, SC30-3201-3 The information presented in this chapter is correct for releases 4, 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 of the X.25 NCP Packet Switching Interface for the IBM 3725. Release 4.3 coincided with a change in the numbering system for the X.25 NCP Packet Switching Interface. Release 4.3 is now known as Version 1, release 4.3 (V1R4.3). Network-Specific Macros You can use the following macro instructions to define a network interface to VAX P.S.I.: o X25NET o X25VCCPT o X25OUFT o X25MCH o X25LCG o X25VC o X25LINE o X25PU o X25LU Refer to the IBM documentation for a full description of each macro instruction. 5 When you define a network interface to VAX P.S.I., use the macro instructions as defined in the IBM documen- tation with restrictions to the X25NET, X25VCCPT and X25MCH parameters. The parameter values you must use for these macro instructions are given below. Parameter Values for the X25NET Macro X25NET Parameter Value DM Yes NETTYPE 1 DDXP No Parameter Values for the X25VCCPT Macro X25VCCPT Values Default Value Parameter MAXPKTL 32, 64, 128, 10128 256, 512, 10128 Parameter Values for the X25MCH Macro X25MCH Parameter Value(s) Default Value FRMLGTH 36 to 1028 1028 6 LCGDEF The number of LCNs defined (1 to 512) MWINDOW 7 DBIT No LCN0 NOTUSED LLCLIST LLC0, LLC4, LLC5 NDRETRY 1 NPRETRY 20 STATION DTE TDTIMER 1 TPTIMER 0.5 to 16 2.0 If you set the PKTMODL parameter of the X25MCH macro to 128, you must use the extended profile, SNA_NPSI_ E. 7 Network Information-Telenet § Revision/Update Information: This is a new document § Telenet Public Data Network is a trademark or service mark of Telenet Communications Corporation, A US Sprint Company. Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Telenet Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Telenet-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Telenet............................3 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Telenet.....6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii United States Profile: Telenet Introduction to the Telenet Network This chapter introduces the features of the Telenet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Telenet, A US Sprint Company, Technical Documentation Network Release Version 4.0, March 1989 Terminology Telenet Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Switching Center DCE Interactive Terminal PAD Interface 1 Telenet-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Telenet is 3110. 5-12 Network Digits 5-7 make up the area code, which terminal is based geographically. Digits 8-12 number define the Telenet Processor Machine Number or the Server DTE address. 13-14 Port The port (subaddress) is for optional use by the DTE with each call made. Telenet checks that the port is in the range 0 to 99. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Telenet is 4095. Note: The lowest end of a category must be an LCN which is a multiple of 256. The highest possible range within a category must be a multiple of 64. 2 PAD Parameters Supported By Telenet Telenet supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Telenet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0 to 127 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 Ancillary device control 6 0,1 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 Do not set from terminal 9 0 to 31 Corresponds to Telenet ITI parameter T9 10 0 to 255 11 0 to 18 12 0,1 13 0,1,2,4 Corresponds to Telenet ITI parameter T1 14 0 to 255 Corresponds to Telenet ITI parameter T10 15 0,1 Corresponds to Telenet ITI parameter T18 16 0 to 127 Corresponds to Telenet ITI parameter T27 17 0 to 127 Corresponds to Telenet ITI parameter T28 18 0 to 127 Corresponds to Telenet ITI parameter T29 19 Not supported 20 0,1,2,4,8,16, Corresponds to Telenet 32,64,128 ITI parameter T4 21 Not supported 22 0 to 255 Corresponds to Telenet ITI parameter T15 _____________________________________________________________ 4 A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. At the start of each call, the PAD is given a profile that suits the type of X.29 terminal being used. Telenet offers each user a unique profile that is set by the Telenet administration (see the Telenet Technical Documentation Manual for details of the possible parameters). DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Telenet If you specify Telenet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Telenet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 25,500 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 1030 37 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 1 to 255 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) 20 1 to 127 See note 1 _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 200 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 180 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 2 0 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 2 0 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 2 0 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 1024 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Telepac Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Telepac Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Telepac-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Telepac............................3 Telepac PAD Parameter Profiles..........................7 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Telepac.....8 Frame Control Parameters................................9 Packet Control Parameters..............................10 iii Switzerland Profile: Telepac Introduction to the Telepac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Telepac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Telepac X.25 Spezificationen, Telepac ITI Spezificationen Terminology Telepac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE Switching Node DCE ITI PAD 1 Telepac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Telepac is 2284. 4-11 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Zurich is 791. 12-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. Telepac accounting and data collection centres recognize the subaddress, but no network routing is based on the subaddress field. _____________________________________________________________ For calls within Telepac, only the seven digits of the national number need to be specified. For international calls from Telepac, DTE addresses must start with a zero, followed by the full international address. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Telepac is 4095. 2 PAD Parameters Supported By Telepac Telepac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as well as Telepac specific parameters. Note, however, that not all of the 18 parameters are supported and that Telepac offers some facilities of its own. The CCITT PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Number Telepac CCITT Telepac Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 1 0,1 2 2 0,1 3 3 0,2,126 4 4 0 to 255 5 5 0,1 6 6 0,1 7 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 8 0,1 9 9 0 to 255 10 10 0 to 255 11 11 0,2,3,11 12 12 0,1 13 126 0,1,4,5 14 Not supported 15 Not supported 16 16 0 to 127 Character delete character 17 17 0 to 127 Buffer delete character 18 18 0 to 127 Buffer display character - 121/122 0 to 127 Data forwarding character(s) additional to those specified in parameters 3 and 4 - 123 0,1 Parity verification - 125 0 to 255 Output pending timer _____________________________________________________________ 4 A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Telepac offers 7 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Profile 1, Swiss PTT-defined Public Dial Port Profile, is the default profile. In addition to the 6 standard profiles shown in the table, the user may subscribe to a user-defined profile (profile 0), which is set up at subscription time. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 5 Telepac PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: ____________________________________________________ Param. Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 CCITT Telepac ____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 2 2 1 0 1 1 1 0 3 3 126 2 2 126 2 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 4 5 5 0 0 0 1 0 0 6 6 1 1 1 1 1 0 7 7 2 21 0 21 21 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 0 2 0 0 2 0 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 11 See note 12 12 1 0 0 1 1 0 13 126 4 4 5 4 4 0 14 Not supported 15 Not supported 16 118 8 0 8 0 8 0 17 119 0 0 0 0 127 0 18 120 0 0 0 0 0 0 -- 121 0 0 0 0 0 0 -- 122 0 0 0 0 0 0 -- 123 1 1 1 0 1 1 -- 125 0 0 0 0 0 0 ____________________________________________________ Note: Profile 1 is user defined. Parameter 11 is set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 6 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Telepac If you specify Telepac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Telepac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 7 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 2000 to 4000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 2000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 517 38 to 517 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 10 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 9 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 512 size (bytes) Maximum packet 512 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 10 Network Information-Telepac_Mex Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Telepac_Mex Network........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Telepac_Mex-Specific Operation.................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Telepac_Mex........................2 Telepac_Mex PAD Parameter Profiles......................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Telepac_Mex....................................................6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii Mexico Profile: Telepac_Mex Introduction to the Telepac_Mex Network This chapter introduces the features of the Telepac_Mex network. Terminology Telepac_Mex Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE (user Packet-mode DTE equipment/computer) Character-mode DTE (user Character-mode DTE equipment/computer) Nodo DCE PAD PAD 1 Telepac_Mex-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Telepac is 3340. 4-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Federal District is 905. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Telepac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Telepac_Mex is 255. PAD Parameters Supported By Telepac_Mex Telepac_Mex supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Telepac_Mex Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0,1,2,4,8,16, 32,64,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1 7 0,1,2,5,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 0,2,3,8,9,10,11 12 0,1 13 0,1,4 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 255 17 0 to 255 18 0 to 255 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Telepac_Mex offers 20 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Telepac_Mex PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 4 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 60 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 6 0 0 8 1 0 1 16 10 72 80 120 120 120 80 80 132 132 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 1 2 0 6 0 0 4 0 8 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. B1 B2 D1 D2 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 126 126 126 126 48 48 48 48 48 4 160 160 160 160 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 21 21 21 21 5 5 5 5 5 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 2 6 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 10 132 132 80 72 72 120 80 132 80 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 1 1 1 1 6 6 6 6 6 14 0 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 Profile: _____________________ Param. SP TP Number _____________________ 1 1 0 2 0 0 3 126 0 4 0 20 5 1 0 6 1 0 7 2 2 8 0 0 9 0 0 10 0 0 11 See note 12 1 0 13 4 0 14 0 0 15 0 0 16 127 127 17 24 24 18 18 18 _____________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Telepac_Mex If you specify Telepac_Mex as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Telepac_Mex default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 200 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 2 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-Telepac_P Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Telepac_P Network..........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Telepac_P-Specific Operation...................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Telepac_P..........................2 Telepac_P PAD Parameter Profiles........................5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Telepac_P......................................................6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii Portugal Profile: Telepac_P Introduction to the Telepac_P Network This chapter introduces the features of the Telepac_P network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Telepac-Guia de Utilizacao, Telepac-Acesso Atraves da RFN Terminology Telepac_P Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology ETTD Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE ETCD DCE Packet Assem- PAD bler/Disassembler 1 Telepac_P-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Telepac is 2680. 4-12 National Digits 5-6 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Lisbon is 04. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Telepac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Telepac_P is 255. PAD Parameters Supported By Telepac_P Telepac_P supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Telepac_P Number Values Comments CCITT Telepac _____________________________________________________________ 1 1 0,1 2 2 0,1 3 3 0,2,126 4 4 0 to 255 5 5 0,1 6 6 0,1 7 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 8 0,1 9 9 0 to 255 10 10 0 to 255 11 11 2,3 12 12 0,1 13 126 0,1,4,5 14 Not supported 15 Not supported 16 118 0 to 127 17 119 0 to 127 18 120 0 to 127 _____________________________________________________________ 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Telepac_P Number Values Comments CCITT Telepac _____________________________________________________________ TELEPAC_P SPECIFIC PARAMETERS - 121/ 0 to 127 Data forwarding character(s) 122 additional to those specified in parameters 3 and 4 - 123 0,1 Parity verification - 125 0 to 155 Output pending timer _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Telepac_P offers 6 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 4 Telepac_P PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: ___________________________________________ Param. P0 P1 P3 P4 P5 P6 Number CCITT Telepac ___________________________________________ 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 126 2 0 2 2 0 4 4 0 0 20 0 0 4 5 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 6 1 1 0 1 1 0 7 7 2 21 2 21 2 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 0 2 0 2 2 0 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 11 See note 12 12 1 0 0 0 1 0 13 126 0 4 0 0 5 0 14 Not supported 15 Not supported 16 118 0 0 0 0 1 0 17 119 0 0 0 0 24 0 18 120 0 0 0 0 18 0 121/122 0 0 0 0 0 0 123 0 1 0 0 1 1 125 0 0 0 0 6 0 ___________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Telepac_P If you specify Telepac_P as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Telepac_ P default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 15000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer NULL 100 to 7500 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 72 to 4136 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 20 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 900 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 900 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 900 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 900 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 3 1 to 10 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 10 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 10 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 32 to 512 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 2 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-Telepac_SGP Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Telepac_SGP Network........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Telepac_SGP-Specific Operation.................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Telepac_SGP........................3 Telepac_SGP PAD Parameter Profiles......................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Telepac_SGP....................................................5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii Singapore Profile: Telepac_SGP Introduction to the Telepac_SGP Network This chapter introduces the features of the Telepac_SGP network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Telepac User's Guide Terminology Telepac_SGP Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Telepac_SGP-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Telepac is 5252; DNIC for the telex service is 5258. 4-10 National number 11-12 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Telepac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ For local calls within Telepac_SGP, only the national number is specified. For international calls, a prefix digit of zero must be specified before the remote DTE address. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Telepac_SGP is 4095. 2 PAD Parameters Supported By Telepac_SGP Telepac_SGP supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Telepac_SGP Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0,2,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,5,9,13 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 2,3,12 12 0,1 13 0 to 3 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0,127 17 0,24 18 0,18 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Telepac_SGP offers 12 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. 3 Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). Telepac_SGP PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 3 0 126 2 2 2 2 2 2 126 4 20 0 0 10 10 0 20 20 10 5 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 6 0 1 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 21 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 16 0 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 17 0 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 0 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 Profile 3 is strictly reserved for telex users. Profile: _______________________ Param. 11 12 13 Number _______________________ 1 1 1 1 2 0 0 1 3 2 2 2 4 10 20 0 5 1 0 0 6 0 1 1 7 2 21 2 8 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 11 See note 12 1 0 0 13 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 16 127 127 127 17 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 _______________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Telepac_SGP If you specify Telepac_SGP as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Telepac_SGP default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 135 133 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 16 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Transpac Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Transpac Network...........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Transpac-Specific Operation....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................3 PAD Parameters Supported By Transpac...........................3 Transpac PAD Parameter Profiles.........................6 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Transpac....9 Frame Control Parameters...............................10 Packet Control Parameters..............................11 iii France Profile: Transpac Introduction to the Transpac Network This chapter introduces the features of the Transpac network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Specifications Techniques D'Utilisation du Reseau Terminology Transpac Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology ETTD-P (Packet-mode Packet-mode DTE Terminal) ETTD-C (Character-mode Character-mode DTE Terminal) Switching Centre or DCE Network PAD PAD GFA Closed User Group 1 Transpac-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Transpac is 2080. 5-12 National Digits 5-7 identify the area within number the PSDN. A short, 6-digit, form of the number is available. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Transpac does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Transpac DTE addresses have an additional prefix digit (0 to 9) inserted at the beginning of the address, which identifies the format of the address that follows. These format identifiers have the following meanings: 0 International format (full DTE address) 1 Leased line format (national number only and optional subaddress, up to 6 digits) 2 Telex format (6 digit telex number only) 3 Switched telephone line format for Videotex users 2 4 X.32 calls 5 X.32 calls in half duplex (V 27) mode 6 Calls from a Videotex access point 7 and Reserved 8 9 For use by a private network Digital's X.25 products support leased line, international and X.32 formats (0, 1, 4, and 5 above). If the called address in the incoming called packet has a subaddress, only the subaddress is delivered. If no subaddress is present, the called address is null. Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Transpac is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Transpac Transpac supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Transpac Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18,126 4 0 to 255 5 0 to 2 6 0,1,5,9 7 0,1,2,5,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 255 10 0 to 255 11 2,3,10,12,13 12 0,1 13 0,1,4,5,6,7 14 0 to 255 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0,1,2,8, 32 to 126 20 0 to 255 21 0,1,2,3 22 0 to 255 _____________________________________________________________ Note: On the first generation Transpac PADs, only parameters 1 to 18 are supported. A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Transpac offers 22 PAD parameter profiles to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use 4 Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 5 Transpac PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number _____________________________________________________ 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 126 0 0 2 2 2 126 2 2 4 0 20 10 80 40 0 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 6 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 2 2 21 21 21 21 21 0 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 4 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 17 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 18 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _____________________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 6 Profile: ___________________________________________ Param. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Number ___________________________________________ 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 2 0 126 0 0 0 4 0 0 3 0 5 5 5 5 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 6 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 7 0 21 21 2 21 8 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 69 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 17 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 18 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ___________________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 7 Profile: ______________________________________ Param. 20 21 22 23 90 91 Number ______________________________________ 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 2 1 1 0 1 1 0 3 18 18 0 18 126 0 4 0 0 5 0 20 0 5 1 1 1 1 1 0 6 1 1 1 1 1 0 7 21 21 21 21 2 2 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 1 1 1 1 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 1 1 0 1 0 0 16 8 8 13 8 127 127 17 24 24 13 24 24 24 18 18 18 13 18 18 18 19 1 2 0 2 1 1 20 64 64 0 64 0 0 21 3 3 0 3 0 0 22 0 0 0 20 0 0 ______________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 8 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Transpac If you specify Transpac as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Transpac default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 9 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2000 100 to 10,000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 261 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 10 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 2 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 10 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 11 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 6 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 32 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 256 size (bytes) Window size Default window 3 1 to 4 size (count) Maximum window 3 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 12 Network Information-Tymnet § Revision/Update Information: This is a new document § Tymnet is a trademark or service mark of British Telecommu- nications PLC. Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Tymnet Network.............................1 Tymnet-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Tymnet.............................2 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Tymnet......4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii United States Profile: Tymnet Introduction to the Tymnet Network This chapter introduces the features of the Tymnet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Tymnet X.25/X.75 Reference Manual 1 Tymnet-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Tymnet is 3106. 5-14 National The first digit of the national number number determines the address type. If the first digit is 0, then the National Number consists of a 5 digit address, plus an optional subaddress of up to 4 digits. 13-14 Subaddress If present, passes transparently through the network. Tymnet does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Tymnet is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Tymnet Tymnet supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1984 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Tymnet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0 to 126 2 0,1 3 0 to 126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,4,5,8 to 15,16,32,48 7 0,1,2,4,5, 8,16,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 255 10 0 to 255 11 0,2,3,12,13 12 0,1 13 0 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0 to 127 17 0 to 127 18 0 to 127 19 0,1,2,8,32 to 126 20 0,1,2,4,8,16, 32,64,128 21 0 to 3 22 0 to 255 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. At the start of each call, as part of the initialization procedure, the PAD is given a profile to suit the type of X.29 terminal you use. Tymnet offers each user a unique profile that is set 3 up at subscription time. Refer to the Tymnet authorities for further information on PAD profiles. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Tymnet If you specify Tymnet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Tymnet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 54,600 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 4102 37 to 4103 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 1 to 255 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) 1 to 127 (see frames (K) Note 1) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 3 1 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 3 1 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 3 1 to 255 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 4096 size (bytes) Maximum packet 4096 size (bytes) Window size (see Default window 2 1 to 7 Note 1) size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) Window Size (see Default window 7 1 to 127 Note 2) size (count) Window size 7 (count) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: Using the Tymnet profile. Note 2: Using the Tymnet_E profile for extended packet sequence numbering. 7 Network Information-Tymnet_J Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Tymnet_J Network...........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Tymnet_J-Specific Operation....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Tymnet_J...........................3 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Tymnet_J....5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii Japan Profile: Tymnet_J Introduction to the Tymnet_J Network This chapter introduces the features of the Tymnet_J network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: X.25/X.75 Interface Reference Manual Terminology Tymnet_J Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal Packet-mode DTE Character-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE Tymnet Node DCE PAD PAD 1 Tymnet_J-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Tymnet is 4406. 5-7 PNIC Private Data Network Identification Code. This identifies the network in the group of public data networks that share the common DNIC. PNIC for Tymnet is 200, 207, or 209. 8-12 Network This identifies the DTE within the Terminal network. Number 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Tymnet does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Tymnet_J is 4095. 2 PAD Parameters Supported By Tymnet_J Tymnet_J supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Tymnet_J Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 Not supported 2 0,1 3 0 to 126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 Not supported 7 0,1,2,4,5,20,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 Not supported 11 0 to 18 12 0,1 13 0,1 14 0 to 7 15 Not supported 16 Not supported 17 Not supported 18 Not supported 19 Not supported 20 Not supported 21 Not supported 22 Not supported _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Tymnet_J does not offer a standard set of PAD parameters. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Tymnet_J If you specify Tymnet_J as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Tymnet_ J default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 1029 38 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 3 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 3 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 3 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 1024 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Venus-P Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Venus-P Network............................1 Terminology.............................................1 Venus-P-Specific Operation.....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By Venus-P............................2 Venus-P PAD Parameter Profiles..........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Venus-P.....4 Frame Control Parameters................................5 Packet Control Parameters...............................6 iii Japan Profile: VenusP Introduction to the Venus-P Network This chapter introduces the features of the Venus-P network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Gijutsu sankou shiryou, Kokusai koushuu data densou saabisu no intaafehsu:VENUS_P no intaafehsu Terminology Venus-P Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Terminal Equipment (X.25 Packet-mode DTE Tanmatsu) X.28 Terminal (X.28 Character-mode DTE Tanmatsu) Data Service Unit (Kaisen DCE syutan souchi) PAD PAD 1 Venus-P-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Venus-P is 4408. 1-9 National number _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Venus-P is 287. PAD Parameters Supported By Venus-P Venus-P supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Venus-P Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0,2,6,18, 126 4 0,1 to 125 5 0,1 6 0,1,5 7 0,1,2,8, 21 8 0,1 9 0,1 to 255 10 0,1 to 255 11 2,3,6,8,9 12 0,1 13 0,1,2,4,5, 6,7 14 0,1 to 255 15 0,1,2 16 0 to 12, 14 to 127 17 0 to 12, 14 to 127 18 0 to 12, 14 to 127 30 0 to 4 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Venus-P offers 2 different profiles (see the following table) to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 Venus-P PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: _____________________ Param. 99 100 Number _____________________ 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 8 0 0 9 0 0 10 0 0 11 See Note 12 0 0 13 0 0 14 0 0 15 0 0 16 0 0 17 0 0 18 0 0 30 0 0 _____________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Venus-P If you specify Venus-P as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Venus- P default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 4 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 1000 1000 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 133 to 134 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 30 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 4 1 to 4 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 5 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 200 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 6 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 4 1 to 4 size (count) Maximum window 4 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Network Information-VTRNET Revision/Update Information: This is a new document Digital Equipment Corporation ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. __________ The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DEC DIBOL UNIBUS DEC/CMS EduSystem VAX DEC/MMS IAS VAXcluster DECnet MASSBUS VMS DECsystem-10 PDP VT DECSYSTEM-20 PDT DECUS RSTS DECwriter RSX DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the VTRNET Network.............................1 Terminology.............................................1 VTRNET-Specific Operation......................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................2 PAD Parameters Supported By VTRNET.............................2 VTRNET PAD Parameter Profiles...........................4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on VTRNET......6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii Chile Profile: VTRNET Introduction to the VTRNET Network This chapter introduces the features of the VTRNET network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Telenet's Manuals Terminology VTRNET Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology HOST or PAD (Using X.25 Packet-mode DTE protocol) HOST or TERMINAL (Using Character-mode DTE asynchronous protocol) Network Node or Packet DCE Switch Equipment PAD PAD 1 VTRNET-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for VTRNET is 7305. 4-12 National Digits 5-6 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, 80 is Arica. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. VTRNET does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for VTRNET is 512. PAD Parameters Supported By VTRNET VTRNET supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. 2 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter VTRNET Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1,32 to 126 2 0,1 3 0 to 127 4 0,1 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,4,5 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0,1 to 31 10 0,1 to 255 11 1 to 15 12 0,1 13 0 to 7 14 0,1 to 15 15 0,1 16 0,1 to 127 17 0,1 to 127 18 0,1 to 127 19 Not Supported 20 Not Supported 21 Not Supported 22 Not Supported _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. VTRNET offers 5 PAD parameter profiles to suit broadly the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 3 VTRNET PAD Parameter Profiles Profile: VTRNET _________________________________ Param. 0 1 2 3 4 Number _________________________________ 1 64 0 0 64 64 2 1 0 0 0 1 3 126 20 0 0 1 4 10 5 2 0 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 6 5 0 5 0 5 7 21 2 0 21 21 8 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 10 80 0 0 0 0 11 See note 12 1 1 0 1 1 13 4 0 0 0 6 14 4 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 17 0 0 0 0 0 18 0 0 0 0 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 21 0 0 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 _________________________________ Note: Set only by the PAD as a result of automatic speed detection. 4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on VTRNET If you specify VTRNET as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the VTRNET default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 2900 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer NULL 100 to 5000 (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 261 37 to 8204 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 20 1 to 255 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 6 to 254 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 6 to 254 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 6 to 254 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 6 to 254 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 2 0 to 20 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 2 0 to 20 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 2 0 to 20 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 1024 size (bytes) Maximum packet 1024 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 8 Network Information-Worldnet Revision/Update Information: This is a new document digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Worldnet Network...........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Worldnet-Specific Operation....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................3 PAD Parameters Supported By Worldnet...........................3 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Worldnet....6 Frame Control Parameters................................7 Packet Control Parameters...............................8 iii United States Profile: Worldnet Introduction to the Worldnet Network This chapter introduces the features of the Worldnet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: System Design and Service Specification of the Universal Data Transfer Service Project for ITT World Communications, Inc., Vol. 2 - Nippon Electric Co., Ltd - D and SS Issue - 15th March 1982 Terminology Worldnet Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode Terminal (PT) Packet-mode DTE Non-packet-mode Terminal Character-mode DTE (NPT) DTE X.25 (STE-X X.75) DCE PAD PAD 1 Worldnet-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1-4 DNIC DNIC for Worldnet is 3103 or 3107. 4-12 National Digits 4-6 identify the area within the number PSDN. For example, Los Angeles is 213. The first 3 digits after the DNIC (digits 5-7) represent the site that has primary routing responsibility: for example, New Jersey area code 201 is routed by the New York site because physical switching facilities do not exist in New Jersey. New York has 5 area codes associated with it: 201, 203, 210, 211, and 212. 13-14 Subaddress For optional use by the DTE with each call. If present, passes transparently through the network. Worldnet does not check the validity of the subaddress. _____________________________________________________________ The user must supply all the digits of the DNIC and the national number in a call request. 2 Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Worldnet is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Worldnet The NEC Universal Data Transfer Service (UDTS) soft- ware supports its own set of PAD parameters numbered 1-27. These parameters correspond to the October 1984 CCITT X.3 Recommendation numbers 1-13, the other 14 pa- rameters being network specific. Worldnet supports PAD parameters defined by the October 1984 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, and UDTS parameters, as shown in the following table: 3 _________________________________________________________________ Parameter Worldnet Values Comments Number CCITT UDTS _________________________________________________________________ 1 1 0 to 2 - 2 0 to 255 Escape character 2 12 0,1 - 3 0,1,2,4,8,16, Selection of data for- 32,64,128 warding signal 3 4 0 to 255 4 5 1 to 255 5 6 0 to 2 - 7 0 to 255 User-defined (Re)start character (controlled by the DCE) - 8 0 to 255 User-defined stop char- acter (controlled by the DCE) 6 13 0,1 7 17 0,1,2,4,8,16 - 18 0 to 2 Break operation - 19 0 to 255 Break character 8 14 0,1 - 15 0,1,2,4 Discard output request signals - 16 0 to 255 Discard output request character - 20 0 to 2 Padding type 9 21 0 to 255 - 22 0 to 255 Padding character - 23 0,1,2,4,8,16,32 Character requiring padding operation 4 _________________________________________________________________ Parameter Worldnet Values Comments Number CCITT UDTS _________________________________________________________________ 10 24 0,32 to 255 - 25 0 to 3 Characters inserted for line folding op- eration 11 27 1 to 13 X.29 terminal speed. Cannot be set 12 9 0 to 2 - 10 0 to 255 User-defined (Re)start character (controlled by DTE - 11 0 to 255 13 26 0,1,2,4 User-defined stop char- acter (controlled by DTE) _________________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Worldnet PAD profiles are built individually for each registered subscriber whether they have dedicated access or use a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). The exception is in the case of a database access arrangement where the profile parameters are the same for all users. The PAD profile will suit the type of X.29 terminal you use. Read and reset PAD parameters using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX. For details, see the VAX P.S.I PAD and MAIL Utilities Manual. 5 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Worldnet If you specify Worldnet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Worldnet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 6 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3000 100 to 10000 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 133 37 to 133 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 10 2 to 50 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 7 to 127 of outstanding (count) frames (K) _____________________________________________________________ 7 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 180 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 255 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 15 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 15 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 8 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 2 1 to 100 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 16 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size Default window 2 1 to 7 size (count) Maximum window 2 size (count) _____________________________________________________________ 9 Network Information-Wutconet§ Revision/Update Information: This is a new document § Western Union Packet Transport Network is a trademark or service mark of Western Union. digital equipment corporation maynard, massachusetts ________________________ __________ The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license. No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies. Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013. __________ Copyright ©1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation All Rights Reserved. Printed in the UK. __________ The READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation. The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corpora- tion: DDCMP Packetnet UNIBUS DEC PDP VAX DECnet Q-bus VAXcluster DECrouter Q22-bus VMS DECUS RSTS VT DECwriter RSX MASSBUS ULTRIX MicroVAX ULTRIX-32 DIGITAL This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2 Contents________________________________________________________ Introduction to the Wutconet Network...........................1 Terminology.............................................1 Wutconet-Specific Operation....................................2 DTE Addresses...........................................2 Channel Numbers.........................................3 PAD Parameters Supported By Wutconet...........................3 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Wutconet....5 Frame Control Parameters................................6 Packet Control Parameters...............................7 iii United States Profile: Wutconet Introduction to the Wutconet Network This chapter introduces the features of the Wutconet network. For further details, such as how to access a PAD, refer to: Western Union documentation Terminology Wutconet Terminology Digital's X.25 Terminology Packet-mode DTE Packet-mode DTE Character-mode DTE Character-mode DTE DCE DCE PAD PAD 1 Wutconet-Specific Operation DTE Addresses _____________________________________________________________ Digits Item Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 Not used For calls off the network this digit is always zero. 2-5 DNIC DNIC for Wutconet is 3101. 6-15 Network Digits 6-8 identify the area within the terminal PSDN; for example, Atlanta is 560. number For calls within Wutconet, the DTE address is as follows: 1-10 Network Digits 1-3 identify the area within the terminal PSDN. For example, Atlanta is 560. number 10-14 Subaddress Subaddresses are up to 5 digits long and are valid within Wutconet. The subaddress is for optional use by the DTE with each call made and, when present, passes transparently through the network. Wutconet does not check the validity of the subaddress. 15 Not used _____________________________________________________________ 2 Channel Numbers The maximum channel number for Wutconet is 4095. Note that Wutconet does not distinguish between the Logical channel Group Number (LCGN) and the Logical Channel Number (LCN), and hence the maximum LCN is 4095. PAD Parameters Supported By Wutconet Wutconet supports PAD parameters defined by the November 1980 CCITT X.3 Recommendation, as shown in the following table. The PAD parameters are used in the standard way (see the Introduction to the Network Information for details of the standard functions of the PAD parameters), unless otherwise stated in the Comments column. _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Wutconet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 3 _____________________________________________________________ Parameter Wutconet Number Values Comments _____________________________________________________________ 1 0,1 2 0,1 3 0,2,126 4 0 to 255 5 0,1 6 0,1,2 7 0,1,2,8,21 8 0,1 9 0 to 7 10 0 to 255 11 0 to 11 12 0,1 13 0 to 7 14 0 to 7 15 0,1 16 0,8 17 0,2,4 18 0,7 _____________________________________________________________ A set of PAD parameters is called a PAD profile. Wutconet does not offer a standard set of PAD parameters. Read and reset PAD parameters (except parameter 11) using PAD commands such as "SET" and "PAR?" (check the PTT's user's guide on X.29 Services), or use the SET TERMINAL/X29 command on a VAX computer (for details see the Using P.S.I. MAIL and X.29 manual). 4 DTE System Parameter Values Recommended for Use on Wutconet If you specify Wutconet as the network to which your DTE is connected, your X.25 product automatically sets the following frame control and packet control parameters to the Wutconet default values. To set alternative values, refer to the management documentation for the X.25 product you are using. 5 Frame Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Timer T1 Acknowledge 3200 640 to 65535 timer (millisec- onds) Parameter T2 Holdback timer Null Null (milliseconds) Maximum number Maximum data 262 133 to 298 of bits in a size (bytes) frame (N1) Maximum number Retry maximum 16 1 to 256 of transmissions (count) (N2) Maximum number Window size 7 1 to 7 of outstanding (count) 1 to 127 (see frames (K) Note 1) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: The LAPBE protocol must be used for this setting 6 Packet Control Parameters _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ DTE restart Restart timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T20) DTE call request Call timer 180 1 to 255 timer (T21) (seconds) DTE reset Reset timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T22) DTE clear Clear timer 60 1 to 255 request timer (seconds) (T23) Restart request Maximum restart 1 0 to 3 retransmission attempts (count) count (R20) Reset request Maximun reset 1 0 to 3 retransmission attempts (count) count (R22) 7 _____________________________________________________________ Corresponding CCITT/ISO Network Profile Parameter Management Default Range for Description Parameter Value Profile _____________________________________________________________ Clear request Maximum clears 1 0 to 3 retransmission attempts (count) count (R23) Packet size Default packet 128 128 to 256 size (bytes) Maximum packet 128 size (bytes) Window size (see Default window 2 1 to 7 Note 1) size (count) Maximum window 7 size (count) Window Size (see Default window 2 1 to 127 Note 2) size (count) Window size 127 (count) _____________________________________________________________ Note 1: Using the Wutconet profile. Note 2: Using the Wutconet_E profile for extended packet sequence numbering. 8